HIGH SCHOOL CLASS CATALOG

Effective for 2012-2013

KLEIN INDEPENDENT SCHOOL DISTRICT

Klein, Texas

The contents of this handbook reflect procedures and decisions as of 12/13/2011.

December 2011

TABLE OF CONTENTS

ENGLISH LANGUAGE ARTS ……………………………………………………………………1-6Bible Literacy ……………………………………………………………………………………… 6ENGLISH FOR SPEAKERS OF OTHER LANGUAGES …………………………………………7

READING…………………………………………………………………………………………… 8-10Creative and Imaginative Writing …………………………………………………………………… 10Practical Writing Skills ……………………………………………………………………………… 10Communication Applications ……………………………………………………………………… 11Public Speaking ……………………………………………………………………………………… 11Oral Interpretation …………………………………………………………………………………… 11Debate………………………………………………………………………………………………… 12-13Journalism ……………………………………………………………………………………………13-14Advanced Journalism: Yearbook ……………………………………………………………………14Advanced Journalism: Newspaper Production ………………………………………………………15Photojournalism ………………………………………………………………………………………16Independent Study/Journalism ………………………………………………………………………16

LANGUAGES OTHER THAN ENGLISH/FOREIGN LANGUAGE …………………………… 17-27

MATHEMATICS …………………………………………………………………………………… 28-36Independent Study: Advanced Mathematical Decision Make ………………………………………34Independent Study: Dual Credit College Algebra …………..………………………………………35Math Improvement ………………………………………………………………………………… 35ESL in the Content Area ……………………………………………………………………………36English Language Learners ………………………………………………………………………… 36

SCIENCE …………………………………………………………………………………………… 37-46

SOCIAL STUDIES ………………………………………………………………………………… 47-54Psychology …………………………………………………………………………………………… 52Sociology …………………………………………………………………………………………… 53Special Topics in Social Studies ……………………………………………………………………53AP European History …………………………………………………………………………………54

INTERNATIONAL BACCALAUREATE PROGRAMME ……………………………………… 55-67

TECHNOLOGY APPLICATIONS …………………………………………………………………68-76

HEALTH …………………………………………………………………………………………… 77-78

PHYSICAL EDUCATION ………………………………………………………………………… 79-80

SPORTS MEDICINE ……………………………………………………………………………… 81

FINE ARTS …………………………………………………………………………………………81-94

ELECTIVES …………………………………………………………………………………………95-96Peer Assistance and Leadership for Future Teachers ………………………………………………95Student Leadership ………………………………………………………………………………… 95Student Leadership (Local Credit) ………………………………………………………………… 95BEST (Bridging the Educational Scene for Teachers of Tomorrow) ………………………………95Preparation For College Admission …………………………………………………………………96AVID …………………………………………………………………………………………………96

ACTIVITY COURSES ………………………………………………………………………………97Cheerleading 1-4 ……………………………………………………………………………………97Color Guard 1-4 ………………………………………………………………………………………97

INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS ACADEMY ………………………………………………………98-106

ACHIEVE TEXAS CAREER CLUSTERS …………………………………………………………107-108

AGRICULTURE, FOOD & NATURAL RESOURCES ……………………………………………109-116ARCHITECTURE & CONSTRUCTION ……………………………………………………………117-120ARTS, A/V TECHNOLOGY & COMMUNICATIONS ……………………………………………121-123

BUSINESS, MANAGEMENT & ADMINISTRATION ……………………………………………124-127EDUCATION & TRAINING ………………………………………………………………………128-129FINANCE ……………………………………………………………………………………………130-133HEALTH SCIENCE …………………………………………………………………………………134-137HOSPITALITY & TOURISM ………………………………………………………………………138-140HUMAN SERVICES ……………………………………………………………………………… 141-144INFORMATION TECHNOLGY ……………………………………………………………………145-148LAW, PUBLIC SAFETY, CORRECTIONS & SECURITY ………………………………………149-151MILITARY SCIENCE ROTV 1-4 ………………………………………………………………… 152MANUFACTURING ……………………………………………………………………………… 153-156MARKETING, SALES & SERVICE ………………………………………………………………157-159SCIENCE, TECHNOLOGY, ENGINEERING & MATHEMATICS ………………………………160-162TRANSPORTATION, DISTRIBUTION & LOGISTICS ………………………………………… 163-165

CAREER AND TECHNOLOGY EDUCATION COURSE OVERVIEW …………………………166CTE COURSES ………………………………………………………………………………………167-169CTE COURSE INDEX ………………………………………………………………………………170-173ADDITIONAL CATE COURSES ………………………………………………………………… 174-176

SPECIAL EDUCATION ……………………………………………………………………………177-183

1

ENGLISH LANGUAGE ARTS 0111 English 1

Grade Placement . . . . . 9 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . None

English 1, the introductory high school course, focuses on basic concepts and skills in the language arts. Through integrated units of study, the curriculum provides instruction in the composing process of multi-paragraph compositions, applied grammar concepts, conventions of language, syntax, literary genres, cultural attitudes/customs in literature, basic literary terminology, reading/critical thinking skills, and rhetorical writing activities. Emphasis is on the development of effective written communication for a variety of purposes. This course requires an EOC exam. 0111LES English 1, Limited English Sheltered

Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Counselor Approval

The course will cover the basic Texas Essential Knowledge and Skills of the regular English 1 course. A variety of methods and modalities for instruction will be utilized. English 1, the introductory high school course, focuses on basic concepts and skills in the language arts for the Limited English Proficiency (LEP) student, who is transitioning from the ESL classroom to the regular program. This course requires an EOC exam.

0113 English 1 (PreAP) Grade Placement . . . . . 9 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . PreAP Guidelines Recommended

English 1 PreAP is designed for highly motivated students who excel in the language arts and are interested in studying a differentiated curriculum that includes a wider range and greater depth of subject matter. The student will increase and refine critical reading and writing skills, communicate effectively through exposition, analysis, and argumentation, experience different genres to interpret a work’s structure, style, theme, symbolism, imagery and tone and develop stylistic maturity. This course requires an EOC exam. 0117 English 1 (PreAP-GT) Grade Placement . . . . . 9 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Meet District Guidelines

English I (PreAP-GT) is designed for students who meet the requirement for the gifted and talented program. These students are identified as being highly motivated and are interested

2

in studying a differentiated curriculum that includes a wider range and greater depth of subject matter. The course emphasizes critical thinking skills and promotes creative, productive thinking. The student will increase and refine critical reading and writing skills, communicate effectively through exposition, analysis, and argumentation, experience different genres to interpret a work’s structure, style, theme, symbolism, imagery and tone and develop stylistic maturity. GT services are provided through the PreAP classes. This course requires an EOC exam.

0121 English 2 Grade Placement . . . . . 10 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . English 1 or counselor approval

English 2 further expands and refines the language arts concepts and skills introduced in English 1. In addition, this course continues to focus on writing experiences for a variety of audiences and forms, documented multi-paragraph compositions, identification of literary symbols, development of theme in a literary work, and the utilization of advanced/special reference materials. Through thematic units of study, the curriculum provides extensive practice in rhetorical writing activities in the study of literature and in the development of critical thinking. 0121LES English 2, Limited English Sheltered Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Counselor Approval

English 2 (LES) is designed for Limited English Proficiency (LEP) students who may be performing below their assigned grade level and/or students who have failed the TAKS reading test. The course is designed to cover the essential concepts of the course but utilizes English as a Second Language methodology such as additional visuals, props, content vocabulary instruction and small group work. Individual diagnosis of student need determines appropriate course of study. 0123 English 2 (PreAP) Grade Placement . . . . . 10 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . English 1 and PreAP Guidelines Recommended

English 2 (PreAP) is designed for highly motivated students who excel in the language arts and are interested in studying a differentiated curriculum that includes a wider range and greater depth of subject matter. The course emphasizes critical thinking skills and promotes creative, productive thinking. Stress is on the development of advanced cognitive concepts and processes, guided and independent research, and the incorporation of student-determined ideas and interests.

3

0126 English 2 (PreAP-GT) Grade Placement . . . . . 10 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Meet District Guidelines

English 2 (GT) is designed for students who meet the requirement for the gifted and talented program. These students are identified as being highly motivated and are interested in studying a differentiated curriculum that includes a wider range and greater depth of subject matter that focuses on world literature. The course emphasizes critical thinking skills and promotes creative, productive thinking. Stress is on the development of advanced cognitive concepts and processes, guided and independent research, and the incorporation of student-determined ideas and interests. An extensive research project and focused interdisciplinary units evolve from student interests and input. GT services are provided through the PreAP classes. 0131 English 3 Grade Placement . . . . . 11 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . English 2 or Counselor Approval

English 3 further expands and refines language arts concepts and skills introduced in English 2. In addition, this course focuses on the following: selection of rhetorical choices based on audience, purpose, and form; writing longer compositions incorporating outside information with documentation; writing a variety of forms of informative and persuasive discourse; writing at least one form of literary discourse; knowledge of history and major features of American dialects; recognition of sociological functions of language; analysis of word analogies and other forms of advanced vocabulary development; recognition of major American authors, literary periods, works, and literary forms; recognition of the characteristics of literary selections; use of reading concepts and skills to enhance the development of the thinking/reasoning processes; and, use of specialized reference sources. Through integrated units of study, the curriculum provides extensive experience in rhetorical writing activities in the study of literature and in the development of critical thinking. 0131LES English 3, Limited English Sheltered Grade Placement . . . . . 11-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Counselor Approval

English 3 (LES) is designed for Limited English Proficiency (LEP) students who may be performing below their assigned grade level and/or students who have failed the TAKS reading test. The course is designed to cover the essential concepts of the course but utilizes English as a Second Language methodology such as additional visuals, props, content vocabulary instruction and small group work. Individual diagnosis of student need determines appropriate course of study.

4

0135 English 3 Advanced Placement Language and Composition Grade Placement . . . . . 11 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Meet District Guides

English 3 Advanced Placement is designed to engage students in becoming skilled readers of prose, mainly nonfiction, written in a variety of periods, disciplines, and rhetorical contexts and in becoming skilled writers who compose for a variety of purposes. Stress is on the intense concentration on language and stylistic development. Upon completion of the course, students will be prepared to take a three-hour examination that gives them the opportunity to demonstrate their mastery of the skills and abilities developed in the course. The Advanced Placement (AP) program is a cooperative effort with The College Board. Upon successful completion of the examination, participating colleges grant credit and appropriate placement.

0141 English 4 Grade Placement . . . . . 12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . English 3 or Counselor Approval

English 4 further expands and refines language arts concepts and skills studied in English III. Additionally, this course focuses on the following: using each of the commonly recognized patterns of organization; achieving precision in meaning through sophisticated language and rhetorical choices; analysis of ideas and logic in written discourse; use of sophisticated and precise word choices; origin and development of the English language; recognition of major authors, periods, forms, and works in British literature; recognition of recurring themes in literary selections; recognition of the devices of propaganda; analysis of the presentation of ideas in written discourse, including forms of logical reasoning, common fallacies of reasoning, and techniques of persuasive language; and, the development of generalizations formulated from a given series of assumptions. Through integrated units of study, the curriculum promotes awareness/understanding of abstract concepts and practical application of fundamental skills. 0141LES English 4, Limited English Sheltered Grade Placement . . . . . 12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Counselor Approval

English 4 (LES) is designed for Limited English Proficiency (LEP) students who may be performing below their assigned grade level and/or students who have failed the TAKS reading test. The course is designed to cover the essential concepts of the course but utilizes English as a Second Language methodology such as additional visuals, props, content vocabulary instruction and small group work. Individual diagnosis of student need determines appropriate course of study.

0

5

0145 English 4 Advanced Placement Literature and Composition Grade Placement . . . . . 12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Meet District Guidelines

English 4 Advanced Placement is designed to engage students in the careful reading of literary works, mainly fiction and poetry, to increase their awareness of languages and the writer's craft. The course stresses the development of critical standards for literary appreciation, critical analysis of literature, writing essays in exposition and argument through the study and practice of writing, and the study of literature. Stress is on learning the use of modes of discourse, recognizing the assumptions underlying various rhetorical strategies, developing an awareness of language meaning and use, and the study of literature recognized for literary merit. Upon completion of the course, students will be prepared to take a three-hour examination that gives them the opportunity to demonstrate their mastery of the skills and abilities developed in the course. The test is composed of multiple-choice and essay items. The Advanced Placement (AP) program is a cooperative effort with the College Board. Upon successful completion of the examination, participating colleges grant credit and appropriate placement.

3470, 3472 Pre IB English 1 and English 2

Grade Placement . . . . . 9 and 10 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Acceptance in IB Program

The Pre-IB program is an introductory pair of courses that focuses on the prerequisite skills and concepts needed for IB English. Pre-IB English emphasizes the goals of helping learners to connect with literature, write effectively, and prepare and deliver oral presentations. Students will explore classical and contemporary works of literature from our nation and the world. Major literary works representing various genres, authors, and historical periods will be emphasized. Composition instruction will focus on writing as an essential way to develop, clarify, and communicate ideas in persuasive, expository, literary, and expressive discourse. Vocabulary study will include the Latin and Greek influences on the English language. Students who successfully complete the Pre-IB courses will be prepared for the rigorous academic demands of the IB English Higher Level program.

6

3400, 3402 IB English 3 and English 4 (HL) Grade Placement . . . . . 11 and 12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisites . . . . . . . . Pre IB or PreAP Eng. 1 and Eng. 2

This pair of courses focuses on the rigorous academic demands of an International Baccalaureate Higher Level course. This two-year, intensive study of English language and literature develops students’ analytical abilities and creative powers of expression, both in oral and written communications. It encourages them to be original, independent, critical and logical thinkers, and to appreciate literature as an art form. Students learn techniques to analyze literary passages, drawn from prose and poetry, representative of a variety of historical literary periods. Various genres, styles, themes and contexts are examined through the analysis of grouped works. Students explore the ongoing forces of human creativity, artistic ingenuity, and cultural diversity that shape and develop literature. Students engage in daily formal and/or informal writing tasks including free writing, response journals, dialectical journals, essays, abstracts, critiques and commentaries. They practice public speaking, engaging in the critical and constructive exchange of ideas though oral presentations, class discussions, panel discussions, as well as informal and/or informal debates. This course will culminate with the successful completion of the Language A1 exam.

0148, 0149 Independent Study in English PreAP or Gifted and Talented Grade Placement . . . . . 10-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Meet District Guidelines

Independent Study in English is designed for high-achieving students who wish to pursue independent study in an English-related area or field of interest. The curriculum includes various activities designed by both the student and the instructor. Emphasis is on independent research based on individual student interests, the production of original work in print or in another medium, the development of an advanced skill, and the independent study of a specific area of interest with the help of a mentor employed in that field. Potential students must submit a plan of study that is subject to approval by the English department chairperson. Students are assigned to a class period each day conducted by the consulting teacher who will monitor the progress of the project, prepares progress reports and completes critical evaluations. 0155 Bible Literacy Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . None

Bible Literacy is designed for students who wish to explore and learn about the Hebrew Scriptures (Old Testament) and the New Testament and their impact. The curriculum focuses on the knowledge of biblical content, characters, poetry, and narratives that lead to understanding of contemporary society and culture. The students will become familiar with

7

the contents of the history of the literary style and structure and the influence of the Hebrew Scriptures and New Testament on law, history, government, literature, art, music, customs, morals, values, and culture. This course will require in depth reading, research, analysis with reflective writing and problem solving. A research project will be required.

To be offered, this course requires that at least 15 students request it. Credit will be regarded as an elective credit. 0115 English for Speakers of Other Languages 1 Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Identified as LEP Student

A maximum of two of the four units of English required for graduation may be English as a Second Language (ESL). All credit earned in ESL that is not counted toward the graduation requirement in English may be counted as electives in meeting state graduation requirements. The ESL 1 course is designed for students who are monolingual speakers of other languages and considered beginning English speakers. These students are designated as beginning English speakers or students with no English skills enrolling beyond first grade with no previous schooling. This basic ESL course concentrates on language arts skills necessary for success in the academic program. Students in this course may also enroll in Reading LES 1 and ESL Basic Interpersonal Communication Skills. 0125 English for Speakers of Other Languages 2 Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Identified as LEP Student

A maximum of two of the four units of English required for graduation may be English as a Second Language (ESL). All credit earned in ESL that is not counted toward the graduation requirement in English may be counted as electives in meeting state graduation requirements. The ESL 2 course is designed for students who have some oral English skills, score below the 23rd percentile on a state-approved standardized achievement test, and are at the intermediate level. This course concentrates on language arts skills necessary for academic success in school with an introduction to the specific skills necessary for content area courses to follow. Students in this course should also enroll in LES Reading. 0179 ESL Basic Interpersonal Communication Skills (BICS) Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Identified as LEP Student Counselor Approval (Local

Credit) This local credit elective course is designed for entry beginner level Limited English Proficient students who have had very native language instruction or lack basic skills in the English Language. These students score NES (Non-English Speaker) on an Oral Language

8

Proficiency Test. The course concentrates on skills necessary for success in ESL 1 and academic courses to follow later in the student's program.

0197-sem, 0198-yr Reading 1 Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2 - 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Counselor Approval

Reading is designed for students reading one-to-two years below their assigned grade level and/or students who have failed the TAKS reading test. Individual diagnosis of student need determines the appropriate course of study. General areas of the instruction include the following: word attack skills, including structural analysis and contextual clues; vocabulary development, including the use of advanced and specialized dictionaries; general developmental comprehension skills; and, reading skills, including fluency and comprehension, applied to a variety of practical situations that are cross-curricular. Emphasis is on recognition and development of individual learning style and overall improvement of reading skills to ensure that high school students have an opportunity to read with competence, confidence, and understanding. A maximum of three credits in Reading 1, 2, or 3, and/or Reading Elective may count toward graduation. Note: THIS COURSE IS REQUIRED FOR THOSE WHO DID NOT MEET THE STANDARD ON THE EIGHTH OR NINTH GRADE TAKS READING TEST. 0187 Reading 2 Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2 - 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Counselor Approval

Reading 2 is designed for students who have taken Reading 1 and could benefit from reinforcement of fluency word attack skills, vocabulary development, comprehension skills, and reading skills applied to a variety of practical situations. Emphasis is on recognition and development to individual learning style and overall improvement of reading skills. A maximum of three credits in Reading 1, 2, or 3, and/or Reading Elective may count toward graduation. 0188-sem, 0205-yr Reading 3 Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2 - 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Counselor Approval

Reading 3 is designed for students who have taken two years of reading and could benefit from a third year of reading in order to reach English proficiency. Skills addressed in Reading 1 and Reading 2 will be reinforced. A maximum of three credits in Reading 1, 2, or 3, and/or Reading Elective may count toward graduation.

9

0204 Reading Elective Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Meet District Guidelines

The reading elective course is designed to assist and instruct the nonproficient reader who has had difficulty in learning to read. In addition, the course is designed to provide appropriate instructional strategies for students who have been identified as dyslexic or are at risk for dyslexia. Though this course is structured to include the Texas Essential Knowledge and Skills, the primary emphasis is on the following: use of a variety of word recognition strategies; vocabulary development through reading and systematic word study; reading with fluency and understanding in increasingly demanding texts; and comprehension strategies and skills to gain meaning from whatever is read. 0197LES-sem, 0198LES-yr Reading 1, Limited English Sheltered (LES) Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2 - 2 Units Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Counselor Approval

Reading 1 LES is designed for Limited English Proficiency (LEP) students reading one-to-two years below their assigned grade level and/or students who have failed the TAKS reading test. Individual diagnosis of student need determines the appropriate course of study. General areas of the curriculum include the following: word attack skills, including structural analysis and contextual clues; vocabulary development, including the use of advanced and specialized dictionaries; general developmental comprehension and fluency skills; and, reading skills applied to a variety of practical situations. Emphasis is on recognition and development of individual learning style and overall improvement of reading skills. This course should be taken by students in ESL 1 and 2. The course is optional for ESL 3 students who have been through the reading improvement program at the intermediate level. A maximum of three credits in Reading 1, 2, or 3, and/or Reading Elective may count toward graduation. 0187LES Reading 2, Limited English Sheltered (LES) Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2 - 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Counselor Approval

Reading 2 LES is designed for Limited English Proficiency (LEP) students who have taken Reading 1 LES and could benefit from reinforcement of word attack skills, vocabulary development, comprehension skills, and reading skills applied to a variety of practical situations. Emphasis is on recognition and development to individual learning style and overall improvement of reading skills. A maximum of three credits in Reading 1, 2, or 3, and/or Reading elective may count toward graduation.

10

0188LES-sem, 0205LES-yr Reading 3, Limited English Sheltered (LES) Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2 - 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Counselor Approval

Reading 3 LES is designed for Limited English Proficiency (LEP) students who have taken two years of reading and could benefit from a third year of reading in order to reach English proficiency. Skills addressed in Reading 1 LES and Reading 2 LES will be reinforced. A maximum of three credits in Reading 1, 2, or 3, and/or Reading Elective may count toward graduation. 0146 Creative and Imaginative Writing Grade Placement . . . . . 11-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . TAKS Commended Performance

Creative/Imaginative Writing is designed for students who enjoy writing and are interested in producing original work. The course focuses on the principles of creative writing and producing original work with emphasis on stylistic techniques such as the use of figurative language and other literary devices and various organizational models used for the development of text structure. Emphasis is placed on the production of original works that afford the student the opportunity to develop an individual style of writing. Procedures for submitting original works for publication are included in this course. 0170-sem, 0172-yr Practical Writing Skills Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2 - 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Counselor Approval

Practical Writing Skills/TAKS Intervention is designed for the student who has demonstrated a need for more intensive, targeted instruction in writing. The course includes instruction in techniques of effective writing for both practical and test situations, including TAKS. Each student’s writing will be evaluated, and emphasis will then be placed on the interventions that are necessary in order for the student to succeed when writing is a requirement. Practice for the TAKS test will be included as well as activities that will enable the student to learn to write effectively when required to complete applications, orders, memos, notes, and the like. The final assessment of the course will include a post-test that will provide data regarding student progress with regard to effective writing skills. THIS COURSE IS REQUIRED FOR THOSE STUDENTS WHO DID NOT MEET THE STANDARDS ON THEIR LAST TAKS WRITING TEST.

11

0189 Communication Applications Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . None

Students enrolled in Communication Applications will be expected to identify, analyze, develop, and evaluate communication skills needed for professional and social success in interpersonal situations, group interactions, and personal and professional presentations. The course emphasizes the application of verbal and nonverbal skills and critical-thinking and problem-solving processes.

9700CT *New Course * Professional Communications

CTE Courses for Speech Credit

Grade Placement . . . . . 9-10 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . None This course will satisfy the speech graduation requirement

This is an activity based career development course in which students will develop an understanding of professional communications through exploration of the career clusters. Students will explore a variety of career options and activities including formal and informal presentations, resume writing, and job interviewing. Students will exhibit public relations skills, leadership characteristics, knowledge of the global economy, and information technology applications. 0160 Oral Interpretation 1 Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Public Speaking 1 or 2 or Communication Applications and

Sponsor Approval orOral Interpretation I is designed for the student who wishes to explore and learn the fundamental concepts and skills of oral interpretation. The curriculum focuses on the following: exploration of interpretive reading and of potential literary selections; analysis of literary merit including qualities of universal appeal and uniqueness of literary works; determination of literary meaning including emotional impact and preferred styles or authors and literary types; the role of the interpreter in recreating the intellectual, emotional, and aesthetic aspects of literary works; selection of literature according to nature of audience and personal preferences; analysis of literature including author's purpose, structure, and style; performance techniques including use of voice and body; adaptation of literature to preserve the author's intent, form and style; performance of literature in individual and group presentations; and, criteria for evaluating interpretation techniques and audience reaction.

Speech 7/8 and Sponsor Approval

12

0161 Oral Interpretation 2 Grade Placement . . . . . 10-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Oral Interpretation 1 and

Oral Interpretation 2 further expands and refines the course objectives outlined in the Oral Interpretation 1 curriculum. This course is designed for the student who wishes to participate in the practical application of oral interpretation skills through competitive speech tournament events.

Sponsor Approval

0162 Oral Interpretation 3 Grade Placement . . . . . 11-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Oral Interpretation 2

Oral Interpretation 3 further expands and refines the course objectives introduced in Oral Interpretation 1 and 2. This course is specifically designed for the highly motivated, advanced oral interpretation student who wishes to perfect performance skills through participation in top-level competitive speech tournament events. Additionally, the course curriculum includes a general survey of and comparison between high school and college competitive speech events. 0163 Debate 1 Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Public Speaking 1, Public Speaking 2, or Communication

Applications, andDebate 1 is designed for the student who wishes to explore and learn the fundamental concepts and skills of debate. The curriculum focuses on the following general elements of debate: formats and forums for debate; processes of logic and critical thinking; reading and researching information from diverse sources and materials; development of single-issue briefs; exploration of resolutions through definition, potential issues, use of "should," and unique requirements of value and fact topics; affirmative and negative case construction; process of cross-examination as witness, questioner, or auditor; oral, aural, and written evaluation of arguments; and, the presentation of debate through reading, writing, listening, speaking, and analyzing competitive tournament debating.

Sponsor Approval

13

0164 Debate 2 Grade Placement . . . . . 10-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Debate 1 and

Debate 2 further expands and refines the course objectives outlined in the introductory Debate 1 course. This course is designed for the student who wishes to participate in practical applications of debate skills through competitive debate events.

Sponsor Approval

0165 Debate 3 Grade Placement . . . . . 11-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Debate 2

Debate 3 further expands and refines the course objectives outlined in the Debate 1 and 2 curricula. This course is specifically designed for the highly motivated, advanced debater who wishes to perfect debate skills through participation in top-level competitive debate events. Additionally, the course curriculum includes a general survey of and comparison between high school and college debate techniques. 0150 Journalism 1 Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Mastery of TAKS Writing Test

Journalism 1 is designed for students who are interested in becoming a newspaper or yearbook staff member. Students study the fundamentals of journalistic writing and publication. The curriculum includes the following: history of mass print media in the United States; contemporary role of mass print media; basic features of print journalism; characteristics of journalistic writing; purposes and characteristics of newspaper pages; current trends in format and publicity techniques; graphics, design, and layout in newspapers and magazines; the printing process; and, a general survey of advertising techniques.

14

0191 Advanced Journalism: Yearbook 1 Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Journalism 1 and/or

Advanced Journalism: Yearbook 1 is designed for students who are interested in studying the elements and processes of magazine-type journalism products, particularly the school yearbook. The course curriculum focuses on the following: group cooperative effort in the production of a yearbook; yearbook development within time constraints and budget limitations; financial responsibility in production and publication of a yearbook; cutting/cropping photographs for overall page planning; writing and editing copy; producing effective graphic art; writing effective headlines; and editing/proofreading copy, pages and issues. As members of the yearbook staff, students in this course will be expected to: participate in an advertising campaign that includes selling advertisements in the community and to cover after-school activities, as assigned.

Sponsor Approval

0192 Advanced Journalism: Yearbook 2 Grade Placement . . . . . 10-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Advanced Journalism: Yearbook 1 and

Advanced Journalism: Yearbook 2 further expands and refines the course objectives outlined in Advanced Journalism: Yearbook 1. Additionally, this course is designed to promote increased involvement and responsibility in the process and production of the school yearbook. As members of the yearbook staff, students in this course will be expected to participate in an advertising campaign that includes selling advertisements in the community and to cover after-school activities, as assigned.

Sponsor Approval

0193 Advanced Journalism: Yearbook 3 Grade Placement . . . . . 11-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Advanced Journalism: Yearbook 2 and

Advanced Journalism: Yearbook 3 is designed for the highly motivated student who is interested in assuming increased responsibility and providing leadership in the overall process of yearbook publication. Additionally, the course curriculum further develops and refines the course objectives outlined in Advanced Journalism: Yearbook 1 and 2. As members of the yearbook staff, students in this course will be expected to participate in an advertising campaign that includes selling advertisements in the community and to cover after-school activities, as assigned. For Desktop Publishing, students should refer to the Technology Applications listing of courses on pages 68-72.

Sponsor Approval

15

0194 Advanced Journalism: Newspaper Production 1 Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Journalism 1 and Sponsor Approval for Staff Writers or

Advanced Journalism: Newspaper Production 1 is designed for students who are interested in the elements and processes used in producing a school newspaper. The curriculum focuses on the following: group cooperative efforts in the production of a journalistic product; product development within time constraints and budget limitations; financial responsibility in production and publication of a school newspaper; covering events and writing articles that reflect the variety of school/community life; selecting, cropping, and scaling photographs for a newspaper; writing effective bulletins and headlines for a newspaper; and, editing and proofreading newspaper copy, pages, and entire issues. As members of the newspaper staff, students in this course will be expected to: participate in an advertising campaign that includes selling advertisements in the community and to report on after-school activities, as assigned.

Sponsor Approval for Staff Photographers

0195 Advanced Journalism: Newspaper Production 2 Grade Placement . . . . . 10-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Advanced Journalism: Newspaper Production 1 and

Advanced Journalism: Newspaper 2 further expands and refines the course objectives outlined in Advanced Journalism: Newspaper 1. Additionally, this course is designed to promote increased involvement and responsibility in the process and production of a school newspaper. As members of the newspaper staff, students in this course will be expected to: participate in an advertising campaign that includes selling advertisements in the community and to report on after-school activities, as assigned.

Sponsor Approval

0196 Advanced Journalism: Newspaper Production 3 Grade Placement . . . . . 11-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Advanced Journalism: Newspaper Production 2 and

Advanced Journalism: Newspaper 3 is designed for the highly motivated student who is interested in assuming increased responsibility and providing leadership in the overall process of newspaper production. Additionally, the course curriculum further develops and refines course objectives outlined in Advanced Journalism: Newspaper 1 and 2. As members of the newspaper staff, students in this course will be expected to: participate in an advertising campaign that includes selling advertisements in the community and to report on after-school activities, as assigned. For Desktop Publishing, students should refer to the Technology Applications listing of courses on pages 68-72.

Sponsor Approval

16

0158 Photojournalism Grade Placement . . . . . 9-11 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Sponsor Approval

Photojournalism is designed for the student who is primarily interested in becoming a staff photographer for student publications. The course curriculum includes the following: planning photographs in relation to assignments from an editor; illustrating news events with appropriate photos and captions; sequencing photos for publication; operating various types of cameras, light meters, and electronic strobes; developing skill and knowledge in film processing; and, applying photo composition principles including balance, contrast, cropping, and scaling of photographs. The students must furnish a non-automatic, 35mm SLR camera, film, and photographic paper and be able to demonstrate command of basic camera skills. 0159, 0156, 0157 Independent Study/Journalism Grade Placement . . . . . 11 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Sponsor Approval and

Independent Study/Journalism includes activities individually designed for high-achieving, experienced journalism students. The student is provided opportunities to achieve one or more of the following: (1) conduct research; (2) produce original work in print or in some other medium; (3) extensively develop an advanced skill; and, (4) study in a specific area of interest related to journalism.

Advanced

17

LANGUAGES OTHER THAN ENGLISH

FRENCH

2611 French 1 Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . None

This course provides opportunities for students to acquire novice-low to novice-mid proficiency in French and explore Francophone culture. Audio and video materials provide practice and rein-forcement. This course satisfies the requirement for the first year of study in the same language for the Recommended graduation plan.

2612 French 2 Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . French 1

This course provides opportunities for students to learn novice-mid to novice-high proficiency levels in French. The student will acquire novice level proficiency in French and explore Fran-cophone culture. Audio and video materials provide practice and reinforcement. This course sa-tisfies the requirement for the second year of study in the same language for the Recommended graduation plan.

2612PA French 2 (PreAP) Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . French 1

This course is designed for highly academically motivated students who have excelled in French 1 and are interested in accepting the challenges of a more rigorous instructional program. The course offers the opportunity for a more detailed study of the language and the culture. The focus of the course is language acquisition at the novice-high to intermediate-low proficiency levels and preparation for the depth and complexity of French Advanced Placement/International Bac-calaureate courses.

3482 French 2 PIB Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . French 1

This course is designed to build upon the skills of listening, speaking, reading and writing at-tained in French 1. Students will cover the following grammatical concepts: present tense of all regular and many basic irregular verbs, passé compose, reflexive verbs and direct/indirect object pronouns. Students will also continue to be exposed to basic vocabulary. The “Discovering French” textbooks series is used in the course.

18

2613 French 3 Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . French 2

This course provides opportunities for students to acquire intermediate-low to intermediate-mid proficiency in French and to explore Francophone culture. Audio and video materials provide practice and reinforcement. This course satisfies the requirement for the third year of study in the same language for the Distinguished graduation plan.

2614PA French 3 (PreAP) Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . French 2 Prerequisite PreAP guidelines recommended (See

counselor and PreAP/AP student profile) This course provides continued opportunities to develop vocabulary and structural patterns of French and is for highly qualified students who excel in language study and are ready to accept the challenge of a more rigorous instructional program. It places a greater emphasis on commu-nicative and written skills. Students use the language to gain knowledge of other cultures through readings and discussions of French poetry, literature and history. This course is designed to pre-pare students for success in future advanced placement French courses.

3484 French 3 PIB Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . French 1, French 2 (The French 2 PIB/Pre-AP level course is

recommended). This course is designed to prepare students for French 4IB. Emphasis will be placed on oral and written skills in preparation for IB assessments taken in the junior or senior year. Students will build upon the skills of listening, speaking, reading and writing attained in French 1 and 2. In ad-dition to reading and speaking French, students will cover the grammatical concepts of passé compose and the imperfect verb tenses, the conditional and future verb tenses and “si” clauses. The “Bravo” textbook series is used in this course, which presents the language in a francophone context.

2616 French 4 (PreAP) Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . French 3 (PreAP) Prerequisite PreAP guidelines recommended

(See counselor and PreAP/AP student profile) This course provides continued opportunities to develop vocabulary and structural patterns of French and is for highly qualified students who excel in language study and are ready to accept the challenge of a more rigorous instructional program. Emphasis is placed on the development

19

and refinement of grammar, listening, speaking, and reading skills. Communication and cultural knowledge are facilitated through analysis of representative literary works. This course prepares students for successful completion of Advanced Placement French and the college Board Ad-vanced Placement French Language Examination.

2620 Advanced Placement French-Language Grade Placement . . . . . 10-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . French 4 PreAP

This course provides opportunities for students to acquire advanced-low to advanced-mid profi-ciency in French and is for highly qualified students who excel in language study and are inter-ested in accepting the challenges of a more rigorous instructional program. The focus of the course is the acceleration of language acquisition and demonstrated advanced-mid proficiency to prepare students for the depth and complexity of the Advanced Placement courses. This course satisfies the requirement for completion of an AP course for the Distinguished graduation plan.

The Advanced Placement (AP) French-Language course covers the equivalent of a third-year college course in advanced French composition and conversation with emphasis on the develop-ment of advanced to superior proficiencies. The course emphasizes language skills, composition, and grammar with emphasis on active communication with the following objectives: (1) the abil-ity to comprehend formal and informal spoken French; (2) the acquisition of vocabulary to allow reading of newspapers and magazines, and modern French literature; (3) the ability to write well-organized essays; and, (4) the ability to express ideas orally with accuracy and fluency. Exten-sive training in the organization and writing of compositions is an integral part of the Advanced Placement French-Language course. The Advanced Placement (AP) program is a cooperative ef-fort with The College Board. The student will be prepared to take an examination upon which successful completion will enable participating colleges to grant credit and appropriate place-ment. The student is responsible for the examination fee.

3440, 3441 IB French SL/HL Grade Placement . . . . . 11 and 12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . PIB or French 3; Level 4 highly recommended

The primary objective for the study of a language other than English and of its culture is to pro-vide students with a rich preparation for the future. Language B French study incorporates the development of communications skills such as: listening, speaking, reading, and writing. Stu-dents will develop new communication skills by using knowledge of the oral and written lan-guage, technology, and content from other subject areas. Students of Language B French will use the new language to socialize successfully, to acquire and provide information, to express feelings and opinions, and to consider various points of view when solving problems in a global society. Language B French offers the students an enriched, advanced study of language, litera-ture, and culture. The students will be able to review, independently and through group discus-sions, works of various authors in the original language. As active participants, the students will expand their learned skills across the curriculum and apply new concepts in real-life situations. Students may choose to take the Standard Level exam at the end of the junior year or take anoth-er year of French and then choose either Standard Level or Higher Level exam.

20

GERMAN

2621 German 1 Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . None

This course provides opportunities for students to acquire novice-low to novice-mid proficiency in German and to explore German culture. Audio and video materials provide practice and rein-forcement. This course satisfies the requirement for the first year of study in the same language for the Recommended graduation plan.

2622 German 2 Grade Placement . . . . . 10-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . German 1

This course provides opportunities for students to learn novice-mid to novice-high proficiency levels in German. The student will acquire novice level proficiency in German and explore Ger-man culture. Audio and video materials provide practice and reinforcement. This course satisfies the requirement for the second year of study in the same language for the Recommended gradua-tion plan. 2622PA

German 2 (PreAP) Grade Placement . . . . . 10-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . German 1

This course is designed for highly academically motivated students who have excelled in Ger-man 1 and are interested in accepting the challenges of a more rigorous instructional program. The course offers the opportunity for a more detailed study of the language and the culture. The focus of the course is language acquisition at the novice-high to intermediate-low proficiency le-vels and preparation for the depth and complexity of Advanced Placement courses.

2623 German 3 Grade Placement . . . . . 11-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . German 2

This course provides opportunities for students to acquire intermediate-low to intermediate-mid proficiency in German and to explore German culture. Audio and video materials provide prac-tice and reinforcement. This course satisfies the requirement for the third year of study in the same language for the Distinguished graduation plan.

21

2624 German 3 (PreAP) Grade Placement . . . . . 11-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . German 2 and PreAP Guidelines Recommended

This course provides opportunities for students to acquire intermediate-mid to intermediate-high proficiency in German and is for highly qualified students who excel in language study and are interested in accepting the challenges of a more rigorous instructional program. The focus of the course is the acceleration of language acquisition and demonstrated intermediate-high proficien-cy to prepare students for the depth and complexity of Honors courses. This course satisfies the requirement for the third year of study in the same language for the Distinguished graduation plan.

2627 Advanced Placement German-Language Grade Placement . . . . . 12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . German 3

The German Language AP course, emphasizing the use of the language for active communica-tion, strives to develop: strong command of vocabulary and structure; understanding of spoken German in various conversational situations; ability to read newspaper and magazine articles, contemporary fiction, and nontechnical writings without the use of a dictionary; and fluency and accuracy in expressing ideas orally and in writing. Students enrolled in German 4 Advanced Placement are strongly encouraged to take the Advanced Placement Exam for German Lan-guage.

LATIN

2631 Latin 1 Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . None

This course provides opportunities for students to acquire novice-low to novice-mid proficiency in the study of Latin as a classical language. This course satisfies the requirement for the first year of study in the same language for the Recommended graduation plan.

2632 Latin 2 Grade Placement . . . . . 10-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Latin 1

This novice-mid to novice-high proficiency level course is a continuation of the novice-mid pro-ficiency established in Latin 1. The student should be able to read simple selections for compre-hension, to write a brief conversation, and to have an expanded knowledge of the Roman culture. This course satisfies the requirement for the second year of study in the same language for the Recommended graduation plan.

22

2632PA Latin 2 (PreAP) Grade Placement . . . . . 10-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Latin 1

This course is for highly qualified students who excel in language study and are ready to accept the challenge of a more rigorous instructional program. It prepares students for successful com-pletion of Advanced Placement Latin and the corresponding College Board Advanced Placement exam.

2633 Latin 3 Grade Placement . . . . . 11-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Latin 2

This course emphasizes intermediate-low to intermediate-mid proficiency development. The stu-dent will study the writings of Cicero, Pliny, and Livy, and will be able to write simple, directed compositions. This course satisfies the requirement for the third year of study in the same lan-guage for the Distinguished graduation plan.

2634 Latin 3 (PreAP) Grade Placement . . . . . 11-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Latin 2 and PreAP Guidelines Recommended

This course provides opportunities for students to acquire intermediate-mid to intermediate-high proficiency in Latin and is for highly qualified students who excel in language study and are in-terested in accepting the challenges of a more rigorous instructional program to include review and reinforcement of grammatical concepts necessary for obtaining fluency in reading the lan-guage with emphasis placed on the works of Cicero and Ovid. The focus of the course is the ac-celeration of language acquisition and demonstrated intermediate-high proficiency as preparation for Honors courses. This course satisfies the requirement for the third year of study in the same language for the Distinguished graduation plan.

2637 Advanced Placement Latin-Vergil Grade Placement . . . . . 12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Latin 3 PreAP

In this course student are expected to be able to accurately translate from Latin into English the poetry they are reading and to demonstrate a grasp of grammatical structures and vocabulary. Since the appreciation of Latin literature requires an understanding of the literary techniques of Latin writers and of poetic, meters when appropriate, stylistic analysis is an integral part of the advanced work of the course. In addition, the AP Latin: Vergil course includes the study of the cultural, social, and political context of the literature on the syllabus. This course prepares stu-dents for the Advanced Placement Exam.

23

2638 Independent Study: Cultural and Linguistic Topics in Latin Grade Placement . . . . . 12th Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Latin 4

This course offers the student a study of Latin as a spoken and written language and its linguistic influences on modern languages. The student will use Latin to make comparisons between Ro-man and modern culture and history and between Latin and Greek root words and modern Eng-lish.

SPANISH

2601 Spanish 1 Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . None

This course provides opportunities for students to acquire novice-low to novice-mid proficiency in Spanish and explore Spanish culture. Audio and video materials provide practice and rein-forcement. This course satisfies the requirement for the first year of study in the same language for the Recommended graduation plan.

3488 Spanish 1 PIB Grade Placement . . . . . 9 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Admission to PIB Program

In this fast paced course students begin the sequential development of the skills needed to under-stand and speak the foreign language and refine and establish control of the language. Reading and writing are also developed. Students are also introduced to the culture of the countries where the language is spoken. Students must maintain a portfolio of written work throughout the course and produce audio material starting in the second semester of the course. Both written and oral assessments are required.

2596 Spanish 1 for Spanish Speakers Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Placement Test Used Realidades 2 para hispanohablantes

& workbook (51-70) This course is for the Spanish speaker who has been educated in English and whose primary language for reading and writing is English. This course will be the beginning of the stu-dent’s formal study of the Spanish language of his/her ethnic and cultural heritage. The stu-dent will have demonstrated on a placement test use of informal Spanish at the novice-low to

24

novice-mid proficiency level. A student is placed in the course by scoring 51-70 Spanish placement test. The text is written in Spanish and the student will read Spanish literature.

Instructional emphasis is on accelerated language acquisition with expansion and systematic strengthening of the student’s informal Spanish language proficiency and knowledge of His-panic culture. The student will develop novice-mid to novice-high proficiency in Spanish for Spanish speakers. The student will complete the regular Spanish 1 curriculum in one semester and the regular Spanish 2 curriculum in one semester. This course satisfies the requirement for the first year of study in the same language for the Recommended graduation plan.

2602 Spanish 2 Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Spanish 1

This course provides opportunities for students to learn novice-mid to novice-high proficiency levels in Spanish. The student will acquire novice level proficiency in Spanish and explore Span-ish culture. Audio and video materials provide practice and reinforcement. This course satisfies the requirement for the second year of study in the same language for the Recommended gradua-tion plan.

2602PA Spanish 2 (PreAP) Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Spanish 1 Prerequisite PreAP guidelines recommended. Sug-

gested average in Spanish 1: 80 This course is designed for highly academically motivated students who have excelled in Span-ish 1 and are interested in accepting the challenges of a more rigorous instructional program. The course offers the opportunity for a more detailed study of the language and the culture. The focus of the course is language acquisition at the novice-high to intermediate-low proficiency levels and preparation for the depth and complexity of Spanish Advanced Placement/International Bac-calaureate courses.

3490 Spanish 2 PIB Grade Placement . . . . . 9 or 10 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Spanish 1 PIB

The ability to understand and speak the foreign language is further developed through the intro-duction of additional vocabulary and grammar with emphasis on refining and establishing con-trol of the language. The amount of reading for comprehension is increased. Writing for expres-sion and reinforcement is continued. Students gain additional insights into the culture of the countries where the language is spoken. Students must maintain a portfolio of written work throughout the course and produce audio material starting in the second semester of the course. Both written and oral assessments are required.

25

2598 Spanish 2 for Spanish Speakers Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit in 1 Semester Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Spanish 1 for Spanish Speakers, Placement Test Used is

Sendas 1 and little of Sendas 2 & workbook and the score must in the range of 71-95 with subjective factors taken into account.

This course is for the Spanish speaker who has been educated in English and whose primary language for reading and writing is English. This course will be the second semester of the student’s formal study of the Spanish language of his/her ethnic and cultural heritage. The student will have demonstrated on a placement test use of informal Spanish at the novice-mid to novice-high proficiency level. A student is placed in the course by scoring 71-95 on the Spanish placement test. Certain other subjective factors are taken into account. The text is written in Spanish and the student will read Spanish literature.

Instructional emphasis is on accelerated language acquisition with expansion and systematic strengthening of the student’s informal Spanish language proficiency and knowledge of His-panic culture. The student will develop novice-high proficiency in Spanish for Spanish speakers. The student will complete the regular Spanish 2 curriculum in one semester. This course satisfies the requirement for the second year of study in the same language for the Recommended graduation plan.

2603 Spanish 3 Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Spanish 2

This course provides opportunities for students to acquire intermediate-low to intermediate-mid proficiency in Spanish and to explore Spanish culture. Audio and video materials provide prac-tice and reinforcement. This course satisfies the requirement for the third year of study in the same language for the Distinguished graduation plan.

2604PA Spanish 3 (PreAP) Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Spanish 2 Prerequisite PreAP guidelines recommended (See

counselor and PreAP/AP student profile) This course provides opportunities for students to acquire intermediate-mid to intermediate-high proficiency in Spanish and is for highly qualified students who excel in language study and are interested in accepting the challenges of a more rigorous instructional program. The course offers the opportunity for a more detailed study of the language and culture. The focus of the course is the acceleration of language acquisition and demonstrated intermediate-high proficiency to pre-pare students for the depth and complexity of Advanced Placement courses. This course satisfies the requirement for the third year of study in the same language for the Distinguished graduation plan.

26

3492 Spanish 3 PIB Grade Placement . . . . . 10-11 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Spanish 1 PIB and 2 PIB

Spanish 3 PIB is a one year course designed for students to further develop their ability to speak and broaden their understanding of the Spanish language and culture. The goals of the class are to teach the students to communicate using the grammatical structures learned in Spanish 1 IB and Spanish 2 IB, to continue exposing them to the various cultures of the Spanish speaking world and to provide them with a solid foundation for the next level of Spanish 4-IB instruction. As active participants, the students will expand their learned skills across the curriculum and ap-ply new concepts in real-life situations. Audio and video materials provide practice and rein-forcement.

2591 Spanish 3 for Spanish Speakers Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit in 1 Semester Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Spanish 2 for Spanish Speakers, Placement Test Used is

Sendas 1 and a little of Sendas 2 & workbook and the score must in the range of 71-95 with subjective factors taken into account.

This course is for the Spanish speaker who has been educated in English and whose primary language for reading and writing is English. This course will be the third course in the stu-dent’s formal study of the Spanish language of his/her ethnic and cultural heritage. The stu-dent will have demonstrated on a placement test use of informal Spanish at the novice-high to intermediate-low proficiency level. A student is placed in the course by scoring 71-95 on the Spanish placement test. Certain other subjective factors are taken into account. The text is written in Spanish and the student will read Spanish literature.

Instructional emphasis is on accelerated language acquisition with expansion and systematic strengthening of the student’s informal Spanish language proficiency and knowledge of Hispanic culture. The student will develop intermediate-high proficiency in Spanish for Spanish speakers. This course satisfies the requirement for the third year of study in the same language for the Dis-tinguished graduation plan.

2609 Advanced Placement Spanish-Language Grade Placement . . . . . 10-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Spanish 3

This course provides opportunities for students to acquire advanced-low to advanced-mid profi-ciency in Spanish and is for highly qualified students who excel in language study and are inter-ested in accepting the challenges of a more rigorous instructional program. The focus of the course is the acceleration of language acquisition and demonstrated advanced-mid proficiency to prepare students for the depth and complexity of the Advanced Placement courses. This course satisfies the requirement for study in the same language and completion of an AP course for the Distinguished graduation plan.

27

The Advanced Placement (AP) Spanish-Language course covers the equivalent of a third year college course in advanced Spanish composition and conversation with emphasis on the devel-opment of advanced to superior proficiencies. The course emphasizes language skills, composi-tion, and grammar with emphasis on active communication with the following objectives: (1) the ability to comprehend formal and informal spoken Spanish; (2) the acquisition of vocabulary to allow reading of newspapers and magazines, and modern Spanish literature; (3) the ability to write well-organized essays; and, (4) the ability to express ideas orally with accuracy and fluen-cy. Extensive training in the organization and writing of compositions is an integral part of the Advanced Placement Spanish-Language course. The Advanced Placement (AP) program is a co-operative effort with The College Board. The student will be prepared to take an examination upon which successful completion will enable participating colleges to grant credit and appropri-ate placement. The student is responsible for the examination fee.

2607 Advanced Placement Spanish-Literature Grade Placement . . . . . 11-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Advanced Placement Spanish - Language

The AP Spanish-Literature course is equivalent to a third year college course in Peninsular and Latin American Literature. The course is conducted entirely in Spanish. It teaches students the techniques of literary analysis and a basic vocabulary of critical terms. Students are afforded the opportunity to read, discuss, and analyze critically in Spanish representative works of Peninsular and Latin American literature through class discussion and essay writing. The curriculum in-cludes representative work of prose, poetry, and drama from different periods with a considera-tion of their cultural context. Students enrolled in this course are strongly encouraged to take the Advanced Placement Exam in Spanish Literature.

3450, 3451 IB Spanish SL/HL Grade Placement . . . . . 11 and 12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisites . . . . . . . . Pre IB or PreAP Spanish 3, Level 4 highly recommended

The primary objective for the study of a language other than English and of its cultures is to pro-vide students with a rich preparation for the future. Language IB Spanish study incorporates the development of communication skills such as: listening, speaking, reading and writing. Students continue to develop new communication skills by using knowledge of the oral and written lan-guage, technology, and content from other subject areas. Students of Language IB Spanish will use the new language to socialize successfully, to acquire and provide information to express feelings and opinions, and to consider various points of view when solving problems in a global society. Language IB Spanish offers students an enriched, advanced study of language, litera-ture, and culture. The students will be able to review independently and through group discus-sions, works of various authors in the original curriculum, and apply new concepts in real-life situations. Students may choose to take the Standard Level exam at the end of the junior year or take another year of Spanish and then choose either Standard Level or Higher Level exam.

28

MATHEMATICS 0330 Algebra 1 Grade Placement . . . . . 9-10 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . 8th Grade Mathematics

This course will emphasize the study of linear functions. Students will use functions to represent, model, analyze, and interpret relationships in problem situations. Topics include graphing, solving equations and inequalities, and systems of linear equations. Quadratic and nonlinear functions will be introduced. This course will include the appropriate use of graphing technology. This course requires an EOC exam. 0330LES Algebra 1 (LES) Grade Placement . . . . . 9-10 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Counselor Approval

This course will emphasize the study of linear functions. Students will use functions to represent, model, analyze, and interpret relationships in problem situations. Topics include graphing, solving equations and inequalities, and systems of linear equations. Quadratic and nonlinear functions will be introduced. This course will include the appropriate use of graphing technology. This course will cover the essential elements of the regular algebra course with an emphasis on a variety of methods and modalities for instruction to meet the needs of the limited English speaker. This course requires an EOC exam.

0333PA Algebra 1 (PreAP) Grade Placement . . . . . 9-10 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . 8th Grade Mathematics

This course will emphasize the study of Algebra 1 concepts with extensions. Students will use linear functions to represent, model, analyze, and interpret relationships in problem situations. Topics include graphing, solving equations and inequalities, systems of linear equations and the relationships of the major ideas of algebra and geometry. Quadratic and nonlinear functions will be introduced. This course will include the appropriate use of graphing technology. The level of instruction/curriculum will focus on preparing the student for advanced placement mathematics courses. This course requires an EOC exam. 0333 Algebra 1 (PreAP/GT) Grade Placement . . . . . 9-10 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Meet District Guidelines

This course will emphasize the study of Algebra 1 concepts with extensions. Students will use linear functions to represent, model, analyze, and interpret relationships in problem

29

situations. Topics include graphing, solving equations and inequalities, systems of linear equations and the relationships of the major ideas of algebra and geometry. Quadratic and nonlinear functions will be introduced. This course will include the appropriate use of graphing technology. The level of instruction/curriculum will focus on preparing the gifted student for advanced placement mathematics courses. This course may require independent and guided research. GT services are provided through the PreAP classes. This course requires an EOC exam. 0340 Geometry Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Algebra 1

This course emphasizes the investigation and use of relations, properties, and measurement of surfaces, lines, and angles in one, two, and three-dimensional figures. It is designed to develop deductive reasoning and to emphasize problem solving using proofs and definitions while integrating algebraic concepts. Students in the 9th

0343PA

grade for the first time in 2012-2013 and taking Geometry as their math course will take an EOC test.

Geometry (PreAP) Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Algebra 1 or

This course emphasizes the investigation and use of relations, properties, and measurement of surfaces, lines, and angles in one, two, and three-dimensional figures. It is designed to develop deductive reasoning and to emphasize problem solving using proofs and definitions while integrating algebraic concepts. The level of instruction/curriculum will focus on preparing the student for advanced placement mathematics courses. Students in the 9

Algebra 1 PreAP

th

0347PA Geometry (PreAP-GT)

grade for the first time in 2012-2013 and taking Geometry as their math course will take an EOC test.

Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Algebra 1 and Meet District Guidelines or

This course emphasizes the investigation and use of relations, properties, and measurement of surfaces, lines, and angles in one, two, and three-dimensional figures. It is designed to develop deductive reasoning and to emphasize problem solving using proofs and definitions while integrating algebraic concepts. The level of instruction/curriculum will focus on preparing the gifted student for advanced placement mathematics courses. This course may require independent and guided research. GT services are provided through the PreAP classes. Students in the 9

Algebra 1 PreAP

th grade for the first time in 2012-2013 and taking Geometry as their math course will take an EOC test.

30

0350 Algebra 2 Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Algebra 1 and Geometry

This course is a continuation of the topics studied in Algebra 1. It will extend the development of the real number system and will include a study of the complex numbers as a mathematical system. Students will study the ideas of relations and functions and expand the concept of functions to include quadratic, square root, exponential and logarithmic functions. Emphasis will also be placed on the analysis of conic concepts and the development of additional problem solving skills and applications. 0353 Algebra 2 (PreAP) Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Algebra 1 and Geometry

This course is a continuation of the topics studied in Algebra 1. It will extend the development of the real number system and will include a study of the complex numbers as a mathematical system. Students will study the ideas of relations and functions and expand the concept of functions to include quadratic, square root, exponential and logarithmic functions. Emphasis will also be placed on the analysis of conic concepts and the development of additional problem solving skills and applications. The level of instruction/curriculum will focus on preparing the student for advanced placement mathematics courses. 0354 Algebra 2 (PreAP-GT) Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Algebra 1, Geometry and

This course is a continuation of the topics studied in Algebra I. It will extend the development of the real number system and will include a study of the complex numbers as a mathematical system. Students will study the ideas of relations and functions and expand the concept of functions to include quadratic, square root, exponential and logarithmic functions. Emphasis will also be placed on the analysis of conic concepts and the development of additional problem solving skills and applications. The level of instruction/curriculum will focus on preparing the gifted student for advanced placement mathematics courses. This course may require independent and guided research. GT services are provided through the PreAP classes.

Meet District Guidelines

31

0360 Pre-Calculus Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Geometry and

This course will emphasize the study of polynomial, radical, exponential, logarithmic, and trigonometric functions. Functions, equations, and limits will be used as useful tools for expressing generalizations and as a means for analyzing and understanding a broad variety of mathematical relationships. Functions, as well as symbolic reasoning, will be used to represent and connect ideas in geometry, probability, statistics, trigonometry, and calculus and to model physical situations.

Algebra 2

0363 Pre-Calculus (PreAP) Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Geometry and

This course will emphasize the study of polynomial, radical, exponential, logarithmic, and trigonometric functions. Functions, equations, and limits will be used as useful tools for expressing generalizations and as a means for analyzing and understanding a broad variety of mathematical relationships. Functions, as well as symbolic reasoning, will be used to represent and connect ideas in geometry, probability, statistics, trigonometry, and calculus and to model physical situations. In addition to the topics studied in Pre-calculus, other topics will include polar and parametric equations and sequences and series. The level of instruction/curriculum will focus on preparing the student for advanced placement mathematics courses.

Algebra 2

3473 PIB Pre-Calculus Grade Placement . . . . . 10 and 11 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Algebra 2 PreAP/GT or Algebra 2 PreAP

This course studies the state mandated standards which include interpreting functions to investigate properties of trigonometric and polynomial functions, using sequences and series to represent, analyze, and solve real-life problems, using conic sections and parametric representations to model motion, and using vectors to model physical situations. In addition to the state mandated standards, topics such as area under a curve, difference quotient, and tangents to curves are also studied. To prepare students in this course for Math SL or HL, additional partner projects and activities are given to students each six weeks. These include “Critical Thinking” problems to extend the content learned in a particular unit and challenge the students, a fall and spring “Portfolio” in which students collaborate to work through more in depth questions, some involving real-life applications, and students participate in their IB required international component project in the spring.

32

0365 Calculus, Advanced Placement AB Grade Placement . . . . . 11-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Pre-Calculus

This is an Advanced Placement course designed to meet the requirements of Calculus AB as outlined in the Course Description of the Advanced Placement Program in Mathematics. This course primarily develops the students’ understanding of the concepts of calculus and providing experience with its methods and applications. Topics include limits, derivatives, integrals, and their applications. At the conclusion of this course, students may take the Advanced Placement Calculus AB Exam.

Students may earn credit in either Calculus AB or Calculus BC but not both.

0367

Calculus, Advanced Placement BC Grade Placement . . . . . 11-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Pre-Calculus

This is an Advanced Placement course designed to meet the requirements of Calculus BC as outlined in the Course Description of the Advanced Placement Program in Mathematics. This course is an extension of Calculus AB rather than an enhancement. In addition to the topics covered in Calculus AB, this course expands upon the applications of derivatives and integrals. Calculus BC also covers polynomial approximation, sequences, and series. At the conclusion of this course, students may take the Advanced Placement Calculus BC Exam. 0397 Statistics, Advanced Placement Grade Placement . . . . . 11-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Geometry and

This is an Advanced Placement course designed to meet the requirements of statistics as outlined in the Course Description of the Advanced Placement Program in Mathematics. The purpose of the AP course in statistics is to introduce students to the major concepts and tools for collecting, analyzing, and drawing conclusions from data. Students are exposed to four broad conceptual themes: exploring data, planning a study, anticipating patterns, and statistical inference. At the conclusion of this course, students may take the Advanced Placement Statistics Exam.

Algebra 2

33

3422 Mathematics SL Grade Placement . . . . . 11 and 12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . PreAP/PreIB or Honors Geometry, Algebra 2 and PreCalculus

This is a two-year course taken in the junior and senior years by students planning to include mathematics as a major component of their studies, either as a subject itself or within courses such as physics, engineering, and technology. Students are expected to have a solid foundation in mathematics and be competent in a wide range of analytical and technical skills. This course will review Algebra, Geometry, and Algebra 2. Methods concentrate on the application of theory to real environmental situations. Topics of study include: set and number theory, elementary coordinate geometry, equations and inequalities, functions, (linear, quadratic, piece, polynomial radical, and rational), exponential and logarithmic functions, conic sections, trigonometry, vectors sequences and series, binomial theorem, statistics and probability. Students are required to work independently and develop an investigation mode, which can be applied to other subject areas, to common world occurrences and to topics that relate to the self-interest of students. The course includes a portfolio based on different areas of the syllabus.

3424 Mathematics HL

Grade Placement . . . . . 11 and 12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . PreAP Geometry, PreAP Algebra 2, and PIB Pre-Calculus and

Calculus BC This two-year course begins with the study of AP Calculus BC in the junior year and IB Math HL in the senior year. In choosing this course, students will be expecting to include mathematics as a major component of their university studies, either as a subject in its own right or within courses such as physics, engineering and technology. Others may take this subject because they have a strong interest in mathematics and enjoy meeting its challenges and engaging with its problems.

The nature of the subject is such that it focuses on developing important mathematical concepts in a comprehensible, coherent and rigorous way. This is achieved by means of a carefully balanced approach. Students are encouraged to apply their mathematical knowledge to solving problems set in a variety of meaningful contexts. Development of each topic should feature justification and proof of results. Students embarking on this course should expect to develop insight into mathematical form and structure, and should be intellectually equipped to appreciate the links between concepts in different topic areas. They should also be encouraged to develop the skills needed to continue their mathematical growth in other learning environments. Topics of studies include: set and number theory, elementary coordinate geometry, equation and equality, functions (linear equation, quadratic, piece, polynomial radical and rational), exponential and logarithmic functions, trigonometry, vector calculus, and differential equations.

The internally assessed component, the portfolio, offers students a framework for developing independence in their mathematical learning through engaging in mathematical investigation and mathematical modeling. Students will be provided with opportunities to take a considered approach to these activities, and to explore different ways of approaching a problem. The

34

portfolio also allows students to work without the time constraints of a written examination and to develop skills in communicating mathematical ideas.

This course is a demanding one, requiring students to study a broad range of mathematical topics through a number of different approaches and to varying degrees of depth. 0384, 0386 Independent Study in Mathematics PreAP or Gifted and Talented Grade Placement . . . . . 12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2 - 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Meet District Guidelines, Concurrent Enrollment in

Precalculus PreAP Students will extend their mathematical understanding beyond the Algebra II level in a specific area of mathematics, such as advanced survey of mathematics, linear algebra or history of mathematics. Potential students must meet prerequisites and have approval of the mathematics department chairman. When accepted, each student will work independently during an assigned period each day on the course selected, and attend regularly scheduled seminars with his consulting teacher for progress reports and critical evaluations. 0383 Mathematical Models with Applications Grade Placement . . . . . 11-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Algebra 1 and

This is a course designed to strengthen students’ understanding of algebraic reasoning through a variety of mathematical experiences. Students use algebraic, graphical, and geometric reasoning to recognize patterns and structure, to model information, and to solve problems from various disciplines, including physical science, music and art. Students use mathematical models from algebra, geometry, probability, and statistics to solve problems from a wide variety of advanced applications in both mathematical and nonmathematical situations. This course is not open to students who have received credit for either semester of Algebra 2.

Geometry

35

0388 Advanced Quantative Reasoning Grade Placement . . . . . 11-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Algebra 2

This course builds upon students’ algebra and geometry foundations to expand their understanding through further mathematical experiences. The focus of the course includes the analysis of information using statistical methods and probability, modeling change and mathematical relationships, mathematical decision making in finance and society, and spatial and geometrical modeling for decision making. This course is designed to prepare students for a variety of future paths in college, including the social sciences, computers, business, and health fields. 0389A, 0389BDC Independent Study: Dual Credit College Algebra Grade Placement . . . . . 11-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Algebra 2 and

This course builds upon students’ algebra skills to prepare them for advanced mathematics courses in college. The focus of the course includes the analysis of absolute value equations and inequalities, graphing skills, functions, and the theory of equations and matrices. Successful completion of the course may result in dual credit for both high school graduation and college coursework. A student interested in this course should contact his/her counselor for details regarding prerequisites, requirements, and testing.

Counselor Approval

0398 Math Improvement Grade Placement . . . . . 9 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2 to 1 Unit (Local Credit) Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Meet District Guidelines

(THIS COURSE IS REQUIRED FOR THOSE STUDENTS WHO HAVE FAILED THE MATHEMATICS PORTION OF THE EIGHTH GRADE STATE ASSESSMENT.) Instruction focuses on the specific math objectives measured on the 9th grade state assessment. Emphasis is on the review and practice of the appropriate test-taking strategies a state assessment examinee must employ to succeed on the test. 0399 Math Improvement Grade Placement . . . . . 10 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2 to 1 Unit (Local Credit) Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Meet District Guidelines

This course is strongly encouraged for those students who have failed the mathematics portion of the 9th grade state assessment. Instruction focuses on the specific math objectives measured on the 10th grade state assessment. Emphasis is on the review and practice of the appropriate test-taking strategies a state assessment examinee must employ to succeed on the test.

36

0400 Math Improvement Grade Placement . . . . . 11 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2 to 1 Unit (Local Credit) Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Meet District Guidelines

This course is strongly encouraged for those students who have failed the mathematics portion of the 10th grade state assessment. Instruction focuses on the specific math objectives measured on the 11th grade state assessment. Emphasis is on the review and practice of the appropriate test-taking strategies a state assessment examinee must employ to succeed on the test.

0301 ESL in the Content Area Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit (Local Credit) Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Counselor Approval

English as a Second Language in the Content Area is an elective course designed for the nonproficient ESL student who may have had little or no previous schooling or background experiences for success in a regular academic course. The course will focus on numbers and number concepts and skills necessary for success in on-level mathematics.

English Language Learners

As new students arrive in the district, they will be assessed and offered one of the pathways along the Language continuum. These could include the Newcomer Center, ESOL, LES sheltered classes, or classes with a teacher who has received training in sheltered instruction strategies.

37

SCIENCE CP-0463, PC-0468 Integrated Physics and Chemistry Grade Placement . . . . . 10 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . None

This course is designed to acquaint the student with the concepts and processes of physics and chemistry. Laboratory investigations are an integral part of the course. These laboratory investigations will allow the student to utilize the scientific method and develop critical thinking skills while problem solving. Topics of study shall include properties and relationships of matter and energy, atomic structure, chemical formulas and equations, mechanics, heat, electricity and magnetism, motion, waves, light and sound. This course is not appropriate for students with credit for Chemistry or Physics. IPC will be offered for the Recommended High School Program in Klein ISD beginning with the ninth grade class in the Fall Semester of 2010. Integrated Physics and Chemistry must be taken prior to Chemistry and Physics. 0463LES Integrated Physics and Chemistry Limited English Sheltered (LES) Grade Placement . . . . . 10 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Counselor Approval

This course is designed to acquaint the ESL student with the concepts and processes of physics and chemistry. Laboratory investigations are an integral part of the course. These laboratory investigations will allow the student to utilize the scientific method and develop critical thinking skills while problem solving. Topics of study shall include properties and relationships of matter and energy, atomic structure, chemical formulas and equations, mechanics, heat, electricity and magnetism, and light and sound. The course will cover the essential knowledge and skills of the regular integrated physics and chemistry course with an emphasis on a variety of methods and modalities for instruction to meet the needs of the limited English speaker. This course is not appropriate for students with credit for chemistry or physics. This course requires an EOC exam. 0475 Biology 1 Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . None

This course is designed to acquaint the student with the concepts and processes of biology. A developmental approach is utilized beginning with life at the cell level and progressing to the most advanced life forms. Laboratory investigations are an integral part of the course. Topics of study shall include cytology, viruses, tissues and organs of the human systems, genetics, biological evolution, taxonomy, energy transfers in living organisms, homeostasis, ecosystems and plants. During the course of instruction in this class, the textbooks, audiovisual materials, and lectures will include instruction and information concerning human growth and development. These topics are designed to inform and instruct only and

38

not to enforce or diminish the individual's personal or religious attitudes. This course requires an EOC exam. 0475LES Biology 1, Limited English Sheltered (LES) Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Counselor Approval

This course is designed to acquaint the ESL student with the concepts and processes of biology. A developmental approach is utilized beginning with life at the cell level and progressing to the most advanced life forms. Laboratory investigations are an integral part of the course. Topics of study shall include cytology, viruses, tissues and organs of the human systems, genetics, biological evolution, taxonomy, energy transfers in living organisms, homeostasis, ecosystems and plants. During the course of instruction in this class, the textbooks, audiovisual materials, and lectures will include instruction and information concerning human growth and development. These topics are designed to inform and instruct only and not to enforce or diminish the individual's personal or religious attitudes. The course will cover the essential knowledge and skills of the regular biology course with an emphasis on a variety of methods and modalities for instruction to meet the needs of the limited English speaker. This course requires an EOC exam.

0476 Biology 1 (PreAP) Grade Placement . . . . . 9 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . None

This course is designed for the student with a high interest in science and/or who intends to take further science courses. It is designed to acquaint the student with concepts and processes of biology and is a modification and expansion of the regular class. Experimentation and individual student inquiry are essential components of the course. The level of instruction/curriculum will focus on preparing the student for advanced placement courses. These topics are designed to inform and instruct only and not to enforce or diminish the individual's personal or religious attitudes. This course requires an EOC exam. 0477PA Biology 1 (PreAP-GT) Grade Placement . . . . . 9 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . Meet District Guidelines

This course is designed for the student with a high aptitude in science, and it acquaints the student with the concepts and processes of biology. This course focuses on strategies to support abstract reasoning problem solving, research skills and a students’ active involvement in the learning process. These topics are designed to inform and instruct only and not to enforce or diminish the individual's personal or religious attitudes. GT services are provided through the PreAP classes. This course requires an EOC exam.

39

3476 PIB Biology 1 Grade Placement . . . . . 9 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . Meet District Guidelines for the IB program

PIB Biology 1 is a first year high school Biology survey course that includes units on Biochemistry, Cells, Photosynthesis and Respiration, Plants, Cell Division, Meiosis and Genetics, Taxonomy and Classification, Ecology, Bacteria and Viruses, and multiple Human Body System units. Woven throughout the units are laboratory investigations and activities to teach the nature of science and to introduce students to laboratory skills needed for success in future IB science courses, such as data processing and producing original graphs, and data analysis. Laboratory work includes investigations in enzyme activity, cell transport, using a microscope to study cell division and cell types, plant parts study and dissections, a plant life cycle/effect of an environmental variable on plant growth experiment, a year-long life cycle/population study investigation of an arthropod, preserved animal dissections followed by a comprehensive practical exam, DNA extraction, and numerous other activities and simulations to teach biological concepts. This course allows students to develop and demonstrate science writing skills by requiring the completion of several major lab reports, and written answers are emphasized in many formative assessments. This course requires an EOC exam.

0484 Chemistry

Grade Placement . . . . . 10-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite: . . . . . . . . None

This course is designed to acquaint the student with the concepts and processes of chemistry. This laboratory program focuses on chemistry concepts and how they apply to the physical world. The student builds an understanding of chemistry through exploration, demonstration, questioning, and application of the concepts through a variety of inquiry-based activities. All important concepts are covered in several chapters in a spiraling process that allows students to see concepts in a variety of contexts and in ways that are meaningful to the student. 0481PA Chemistry 1 (PreAP) Grade Placement . . . . . 10-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Algebra 1 and

This course is designed for the student with a high interest in science and/or who intends to take further science courses. It is designed to acquaint the student with the concepts and processes of chemistry and is a modification and expansion of the regular class. Experimentation, individual student inquiry and mathematical applications are an integral part of the course. The level of instruction/curriculum will focus on preparing the student for advanced placement courses. A

Meet District Guidelines

40

0483PA Chemistry 1 (PreAP-GT)

Grade Placement . . . . . 10-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Algebra 1 and

This course is designed for the student with a high interest in science and/or who intends to take further science courses. It is designed to acquaint the student with the concepts and processes of chemistry and is a modification and expansion of the regular class. Experimentation, individual student inquiry and mathematical applications are an integral part of the course. The level of instruction/curriculum will focus on preparing the student for advanced placement courses. This course focuses on strategies to support abstract reasoning problem solving, research skills and a students’ active involvement in the learning process. GT services are provided through the PreAP classes.

Meet District Guidelines

0494 Physics Grade Placement . . . . . 10-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Geometry preferred

Physics is the study of the interactions of matter and energy. This laboratory program focuses on physics concepts and how they apply to the physical world. The student builds understanding through exploration, demonstration, questioning, and application of the concepts through a variety of inquiry-based activities. Topics include: mechanics, properties of matter, heat, sound and light, electricity and magnetism, and atomic and nuclear Physics. Mathematical applications are included throughout the course. 0486 Physics 1 (PreAP) Grade Placement . . . . . 10-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Geometry

This course is designed for the student with a high interest in science and/or who intends to take further science courses. It is designed to acquaint the student with the concepts and processes of physics and is a modification and expansion of the regular class. Experimentation, individual student inquiry and mathematical applications are an integral part of the course. 0485PA Physics 1 (PreAP-GT) Grade Placement . . . . . 10-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Geometry and Meet District Guidelines

This course is designed for the student with a high interest in science and/or who intends to take further science courses. It is designed to acquaint the student with the concepts and processes of physics and is a modification and expansion of the regular class. Experimentation, individual student inquiry and mathematical applications are an integral

41

part of the course. This course focuses on strategies to support abstract reasoning problem solving, research skills and a students’ active involvement in the learning process. GT services are provided through the PreAP classes. 3474 PIB Physics Grade Placement . . . . . 10-11 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . PIB Biology and PIB Chemistry

PIB Physics is a comprehensive study in classical mechanics and electromagnetism. Topics include Newton’s Laws, Kinematics, Vectors, Circular motion, Gravitation, Work-Energy, Momentum, Electrostatics, Magnetism, Ohm’s Law, DC circuitry, Light, Sound and Nuclear physics. PIB physics provides a foundation for those students wanting to take IB Physics SL. Students should have strong algebra skills in order to be successful in this rigorous course.

0478 Biology, Advanced Placement Grade Placement . . . . . 11-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Biology 1 and

This course examines and discusses the principles of biology in considerable detail. Emphasis is placed on laboratory experiments and individual research. This course follows the Advanced Placement recommended scope and sequence. Topics include: chemistry of life, cells, cellular energetics, heredity and evolutions, organisms and populations. During the course of instruction in this class, the textbooks, audiovisual materials, and lectures will include instruction and information concerning human growth and development. These topics are designed to inform and instruct only and not to enforce or diminish the individual's personal or religious attitudes.

Chemistry 1 or Active Chemistry Preferred

3430 IB Biology SL Grade Placement . . . . . 11 or 12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisites . . . . . . . . PreIB or PreAP Biology and PreIB or PreAP Chemistry

The primary goal of this course is to help students gain an appreciation of science as a process and provide them with the conceptual framework, factual knowledge, and analytical skills necessary to deal critically with the rapidly changing science of biology. The course would consist of lecture, teacher-designed labs, student-designed labs and other types of experimental learning. The material of study for Biology (SL) will include the following topics: biochemistry, cells, genetics, nucleic acids, proteins, evolution, ecology and evolution, ecology and conservation, and human health physiology. The course would consist of lecture, teacher-designed labs, student-designed labs and other types of experimental learning. This course includes a multi-disciplinary group science project.

42

3436 IB Biology HL Grade Placement . . . . . 12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . IB Biology SL

The goal of this course is to help students gain an appreciation of science as a process and provide them with the conceptual framework, factual knowledge, and analytical skills necessary to deal critically with the rapidly changing science of biology. This second year of biology includes extensions of the Biology SL topics with the addition of the following: defense against infectious diseases, human reproduction, nerves, muscles, movement, excretion, and plant science. The course consists of lecture, teacher-designed labs and other types of experimental learning. This course includes a multi-disciplinary group science project.

0482 Chemistry, Advanced Placement

Grade Placement . . . . . 11-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Chemistry 1 and Physics 1 and

approval of the principal, Physics 1 may be taken concurrently) Chemistry AP is an in-depth study of the principles set forth in Chemistry 1. This course follows the Advanced Placement recommended scope and sequence. Topics include: structure and properties of atoms and molecules stated of matter and descriptive chemistry. Lab exercises emphasize the mole concept, gravimetric and volumetric quantitative analysis, qualitative analysis and organic chemistry. Experimentation, individual student inquiry and mathematical problem solving are an integral part of the course.

Algebra 2 Preferred (with

3432 IB Chemistry SL Grade Placement . . . . . 11 or 12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisites . . . . . . . . PreIB or PreAP Biology and PreIB or PreAP Chemistry

This course, designed for students with a depth of understanding of fundamentals and a reasonable competence in dealing with chemical problems, provides opportunities for scientific study and creativity within global context which will stimulate and challenge students. The course will contribute to the students’ ability to analyze, evaluate, and synthesize scientific information and help develop the students’ ability to think clearly and express their ideas orally and in writing with clarity and logic. The course includes the following topics of study: stoichiometry, atomic theory and atomic models, periodicity, bonding, states of matter, solutions, energetics, kinetics, equilibrium, acids and bases, oxidation and reduction, organic chemistry, environmental chemistry, and fuels and energy. This course encourages an understanding of the relationships between scientific disciplines and the overarching nature of the scientific method. In an effort to develop students’ experimental and investigative skills, 40% of a student’s classroom time will be devoted to performing laboratory activities. A multi-disciplinary group project is a component of this class.

43

3433 IB Chemistry HL Grade Placement . . . . . 12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisites . . . . . . . . IB Chemistry SL

This course, designed for students with a depth of understanding of fundamentals and a reasonable competence in dealing with chemical problems, provides opportunities for scientific study and creativity within global context which will stimulate and challenge students. The course will contribute to the students’ ability to analyze, evaluate, and synthesize scientific information and help develop the students’ ability to think clearly and express their ideas orally and in writing with clarity and logic. The course reviews the topics of study covered in SL as a core- stoichiometry, atomic theory and atomic models, periodicity, bonding, states of matter, solutions, energetic, kinetics, equilibrium, acids and bases, oxidation and reduction, organic chemistry--but also continues with the topics in greater depth. HL students are expected to study additional topics and to study extension material of a more demanding nature than SL. This course encourages an understanding of the relationships between scientific disciplines and the overarching nature of the scientific method. In an effort to develop students’ experimental and investigative skills, 40% of a student’s classroom time will be devoted to performing laboratory activities and independent investigations. A multi-disciplinary group project is also a component of this class. 0487 Physics B, Advanced Placement Grade Placement . . . . . 11-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Chemistry 1 and Physics 1 and

approval of the principal, Chemistry 1 may be taken concurrently) Physics AP is an in-depth study of the principles set forth in Physics 1. Emphasis is placed on the application of mathematics to physical situations. This course follows the Advanced Placement recommended scope and sequence. Topics include: Newtonian mechanics, fluid mechanics, thermal physics, electricity, magnetism, waves, optics, atomic and nuclear physics. Experimentation, individual student inquiry and mathematical problem solving are an integral part of the course.

Algebra 2 Preferred (with

3434 IB Physics SL Grade Placement . . . . . 11 or 12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisites . . . . . . . . PreIB or PreAP Biology and PreIB or PreAP Chemistry

Physics is the study of the relationship between matter and energy. The student will be introduced to fundamental concepts in the areas of mechanics, wave actions, heat, electricity, magnetism, and nuclear phenomena. Observations of the laws of force and motion, the nature of light, wave phenomena, and properties of electricity and magnetism are integral components of the course. Students will develop experimental and investigative scientific skills, including an ability to ask physical questions and to obtain solutions to those questions by use of physical intuition, experimental investigation, and formal logic. Awareness will be gained of the connections of physics to other disciplines and to societal issues. Knowledge of algebra and

44

basic trigonometry is required for the course. Basic ideas of calculus may be introduced in the study of some concepts. In an effort to develop students’ experimental and investigative skills, at least 40% of a student’s classroom time will be devoted to performing laboratory and inquiry activities that cover a range of topics and skills including a multi-disciplinary group science project. Laboratory investigations will help the student develop an ability to analyze, evaluate, and synthesize scientific information. It is strongly recommended that students take a second year of physics before attempting the IB Physics SL exam.

3438 IB Physics HL Grade Placement . . . . . 12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . IB Physics SL

In this second year of the study of physics, the student will encounter further extensions of the fundamental concepts in the areas of mechanics, wave actions, heat, electricity, magnetism, and nuclear phenomena. Observations of the laws of force and motion, the nature of light, wave phenomena, and properties of electricity and magnetism are integral components of the course. In addition, the student will study topics on relativity, optics, and astrophysics. Students will develop experimental and investigative scientific skills, including an ability to ask physical questions and to obtain solutions to those questions by use of physical intuition, experimental investigation, and formal logic. Awareness will be gained of the connections of physics to other disciplines and to societal issues. Knowledge of algebra and basic trigonometry is required for the course. Basic ideas of calculus may be introduced in the study of some concepts. In an effort to develop students’ experimental and investigative skills, at least 40% of a student’s classroom time will be devoted to performing laboratory and inquiry activities that cover a range of topics and skills including a multi-disciplinary group science project. Laboratory investigations will help the student develop an ability to analyze, evaluate, and synthesize scientific information. 0497 Earth and Space Science Grade Placement . . . . . 11-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Biology 1

Earth and Space Science, students conduct field and laboratory investigations, use scientific methods during investigations, and make informed decisions using critical thinking and scientific problem solving. Students study a variety of topics that are designed to develop an understanding of the Earth’s system in space and time. Concepts included are the complex and dynamic history of the earth and the advances in technologies that help further that understanding, the geosphere and complex subsystems linking it to the Earth’s surface, and the fluid earth’s influences on climate and it’s implications to life on earth.

45

0490 Aquatic Science Grade Placement . . . . . 11-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Biology 1

In Aquatic Science, students conduct field and laboratory investigations, use scientific methods during investigations, and make informed decisions using critical thinking and scientific problem solving. Students study a variety of topics that include the following: components of an aquatic ecosystem; relationships among aquatic habitats and ecosystems; roles of cycles within an aquatic environment; adaptations of aquatic organisms; changes within aquatic environments; geological phenomena and fluid dynamics effects; and origin and use of water in a watershed.

0492 Environmental Science, Advanced Placement Grade Placement . . . . . 11-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Biology 1 and Chemistry 1 Preferred and

This course is designed to be the equivalent of an introductory college course in environmental science. The goal of the course is to provide students with the scientific principles, concepts, and methodologies required to understand the inter-relationships of the natural world, to identify and analyze environmental problems both natural and human-made, to evaluate the relative risks associated with these problems, and to examine alternative solutions for resolving and/or preventing them. It is an interdisciplinary course with a strong laboratory component.

Meet District Guidelines

0493 Anatomy and Physiology of Human Systems Grade Placement . . . . . 11-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Biology 1 and

In this course students conduct laboratory investigations/fieldwork, use scientific methods during investigations, and make informed decisions using critical thinking and problem solving. Topics will be presented through an integration of biology, chemistry, and physics. Students will study the structures and functions of the human body and body systems and will investigate the body’s responses to forces, maintenance of homeostasis, electrical interactions, transport systems, and energy systems. Students will also analyze the relationship between anatomical structures and physiological functions of the human systems. This same course is offered in Health Science Technology Education.

Chemistry 1

46

9071CT * New Course* Advanced Plant and Soil Science

CTE Courses for Science Credit

Grade Placement . . . . . 12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . One Credit of AFNR Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . This course will meet the requirements for the 4th

Credit on the Distinguished and Recommended graduation plans A course designed to study the exploration of principles related to plant production and the management of soils as related to agriculture. Included in the course are experiments, laboratory explorations, and the study of soil and plant relationships that affect the production of food and fiber.

Science

9070CT Advanced Animal Science

Grade Placement . . . . . 12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Livestock Production and Small Animal Management Past Prereq . . . . . . . . . Animal Science Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . This course will meet the requirements for the 4th

credit on the Distinguished and Recommended graduation plans. This technical course provides an academically stimulating environment for students wishing to advance their understanding of animal science. This will be a lab oriented course with emphasis on reproduction, breeding, genetics, anatomy, physiology, nutrition, health, and the marketing and harvesting of domestic livestock. Students will receive advanced grade points for this course.

Science

9635CT *New Course* Forensic Science Grade Placement . . . . . 12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Biology and Chemistry and Law Enforcement I Approval Process

and

Past Prereq . . . . . . . . . Biology and Chemistry and

Introduction to Criminal Justice and

Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . This course will meet the requirements for the 4th Science Approval Process

credit on the Distinguished and Recommended graduation plans This course uses a structured and scientific approach to the investigation of crimes of assault, abuse and neglect, domestic violence, accidental death, homicide, and the psychology of criminal behavior. Students will learn terminology and investigative procedures related to crime scene, questioning, interviewing, criminal behavior characteristics, truth detection, and scientific procedures used to solve crimes. Using scientific methods, students will collect and analyze evidence through case studies and simulated crime scenes such as fingerprint analysis, ballistics, and blood spatter analysis. Students will learn the history, legal aspects, and career options for forensic science.

47

SOCIAL STUDIES

0231 World Geography Studies

Grade Placement . . . . . 9-10 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . None

In the required course, World Geography Studies, students examine the relationships between people, places, and environments. Students use problem-solving and decision-making skills to ask and answer geographic questions as well as to determine the geographic factors that have influenced past and present events. A significant portion of the course focuses on: physical processes that shape places and regions; the environment; the political, economic, and social processes that define cultural patterns; human systems such as population distribution and urbanization patterns; and the economic conditions which have led to and maintained the developed and developing world. This course requires and EOC exam.

0231LES World Geography Studies Limited English Sheltered (LES)

Grade Placement . . . . . 9-10 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Counselor Approval

In the required course, World Geography Studies, students examine the relationships between people, places, and environments. Students use problem-solving and decision-making skills to ask and answer geographic questions as well as to determine the geographic factors that have influenced past and present events. A significant portion of the course focuses on: physical processes that shape places and regions; the environment; the political, economic, and social processes that define cultural patterns; human systems such as population distribution and urbanization patterns; and the economic conditions which have led to and maintained the developed and developing world.

This World Geography Studies course will cover the basic student expectations of the regular World Geography course using a variety of methods and modalities for differentiation of instruction. ESL instructional techniques are used to help students master the essential concepts of the course. This course requires and EOC exam.

0233PA World Geography Studies (PreAP)

Grade Placement . . . . . 9 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisites . . . . . . . . None

This course is designed for highly academically motivated students who excel in social studies and are interested in learning from a broad, conceptual perspective and in greater depth. PreAP strategies will be utilized. The student expectations include the fundamental concepts from the regular world geography course curriculum with an emphasis on higher order thinking. The course will stress the development of advanced cognitive concepts and processes, guided and independent research, and the incorporation of student determined ideas and interests. This course requires an EOC exam.

48

0237PA World Geography Studies (PreAP-GT)

Grade Placement . . . . . 9 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisites . . . . . . . . Meet District Guidelines

This course is designed for students who show high levels of aptitude in, interest in, and/or commitment to social studies. This course covers and extends the topics covered in the corresponding academic level course through the pacing, depth and complexity of assignments. In addition, enrichment experiences based on levels of interest related to World Geography will be provided. The level of instruction and rigor of this course is designed to prepare students for advanced placement courses. GT services are provided through the PreAP classes. This course requires an EOC exam.

0221 World History Studies

Grade Placement . . . . . 9-10 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . None

This required course provides students with a conceptual overview of world history. Students study, pose, and answer questions related to the concepts in history of environment, government, economics, belief systems, cooperation and conflict, and humanities. The study of these concepts allows students to make connections between historical and current events.

0221LES World History Studies Limited English Sheltered (LES)

Grade Placement . . . . . 9-10 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Counselor Approval

This required course provides students with a conceptual overview of world history. Students study, pose, and answer questions related to the concepts in history of environment, government, economics, belief systems, cooperation and conflict, and humanities. The study of these concepts allows students to make connections between historical and current events.

This World History Studies course will cover the basic student expectations of the regular World History course using a variety of methods and modalities for differentiation of instruction. ESL instructional techniques are used to help students master the essential concepts of the course.

0224 World History Studies Advanced Placement

Grade Placement . . . . . 10-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Meet District Guidelines

The purpose of the AP World History course is to develop greater understanding of global processes and contacts, in interaction with different types of human societies. This understanding is advanced through a combination of selective factual knowledge and appropriate analytical skills. Using a chronological approach, the course is organized around six major themes that help

49

students transfer what is unique about each time period or society into a broader context. It highlights the nature of changes in international frameworks and their causes and consequences. Knowledge of major developments that illustrate or link the six thematic areas and of major civilizations in Asia, sub-Saharan Africa, Europe, and the Americas is expected. Students enrolled in this course are strongly encouraged to take the Advanced Placement Exam in World History.

0211 United States History Since 1877

Grade Placement . . . . . 10-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . None

This required course is a one year study of the U.S. from 1877 to the present. This time frame is divided into smaller units such as industrialization and urbanization, Progressives, Civil Rights and the Cold War. Within each unit the impact of geographic, political, economic, social, and international events will be considered. Emphasis will be place on relating the effects of past events to the present. Students will use critical thinking skills to explain and apply methods historians use to interpret the past.

0211LES United States History Since 1877 Limited English Sheltered (LES)

Grade Placement . . . . . 10-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite: Counselor Approval

This required course is a one year study of the U.S. from 1877 to the present. This time frame is divided into smaller units such as industrialization and urbanization Progressives, Civil Rights and the Cold War. Within each unit the impact of geographic, political, economic, social, and international events will be considered. Emphasis will be place on relating the effects of past events to the present. Students will use critical thinking skills to explain and apply methods historians use to interpret the past.

The ESL United States History course uses a variety of methods and modalities for differentiation of instruction. ESL instructional techniques are used to help students master the essential concepts of the course.

0215 AP United States History

Grade Placement . . . . . 10-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Meet District Guidelines

The Advanced Placement course in United States History is designed to provide students with the analytical skills and factual knowledge necessary to deal critically with issues in American history. Students will learn to assess historical materials to determine the relevance of those materials to a given problem, and to evaluate the reliability and importance of selected materials. Students will develop skills necessary to make informed judgments and to present reasons and evidence clearly and persuasively. Students working independently or in collaboration with a mentor, investigate a problem, issue, or concern; research the topic using a variety of

50

technologies; and present a product of professional quality to an appropriate audience. Students enrolled in this course are strongly encouraged to take the Advanced Placement Exam in United States History.

0241 United States Government

Grade Placement . . . . . 11-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . U.S. and World History

The focus in this required course is to prepare the student for active participation within the framework of the American political system. The course begins with a study of the basic concepts found in all political systems, the philosophical background which led to the development of the constitution, and the basic concepts found in the constitution. The executive, legislative, and judicial branches of the federal government will be studied, as well as current issues of interest. In addition, students study the fields of civil rights and liberties, political parties and suffrage, the Texas Constitution, and state and national government.

0241LES United States Government Limited English Sheltered (LES)

Grade Placement . . . . . 11-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Counselor Approval

The focus in this required course is to prepare the student for active participation within the framework of the American political system. The course begins with a study of the basic concepts found in all political systems, the philosophical background which led to the development of the constitution, and the basic concepts found in the constitution. The executive, legislative, and judicial branches of the federal government will be studied, as well as current issues of interest. In addition, students study the fields of civil rights and liberties, political parties and suffrage, the Texas Constitution, and state and national government.

This United States Government course will cover the basic student expectations of the regular United States Government course using a variety of methods and modalities for differentiation of instruction. ESL instructional techniques are used to help students master the essential concepts of the course.

0245 United States Government Advanced Placement

Grade Placement . . . . . 11-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Meet District Guidelines

This course is designed to provide students with an analytical perspective on government and politics in the United States. It involves both the study of general concepts used to interpret U.S. politics and the analysis of specific case studies. Students will participate in an in-depth study of the various institutions, groups, beliefs, and ideas that constitute the U.S. political system. Students are guided to use specific information critically to evaluate general propositions about government and politics. Students working independently or in collaboration with a mentor, investigate a problem, issue, or concern; research the topic using a variety of technologies; and

51

present a product of professional quality to an appropriate audience. Students enrolled in this course are strongly encouraged to take the Advanced Placement Exam in United States Government.

3410, 3412 IB History of the Americas

Grade Placement . . . . . 11 and 12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . World Geography and World History

The history component of the IB Curriculum is structured as a two-year program taught at the Higher Level. The regional component will cover the History of the Americas with the emphasis in the 11th grade year on the history of the United States from the colonial period to the present and the impact of the United States on surrounding cultures. In the 12th grade, the history of Canada and Latin America will be covered along with the following Twentieth Century topics: the causes and effects of war, the Cold War, and the rise and rule of single party states. *This course replaces the U.S. History requirement for graduation.

0251 Economics with Emphasis on the Free Enterprise System and Its Benefits

Grade Placement . . . . . 11-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . U.S. and World History

This required course deals with the way that individuals and societies, particularly the United States, have chosen to use scare resources for the production of alternative goods. Students will learn how these resources are distributed among various peoples and groups of society. The course emphasizes the economic principles upon which the free enterprise system is based. Students will study the role a variety of factors play in this system including government, geography, societal values and technology. Students will also receive instruction in practical consumer economics. Students apply critical thinking skills to create economics models and to evaluate economic activity patterns.

0251LES Economics with Emphasis on the Free Enterprise System and Its Benefits Limited English Sheltered (LES)

Grade Placement . . . . . 11-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Counselor Approval

This required course deals with the way that individuals and societies, particularly the United States, have chosen to use scare resources for the production of alternative goods. Students will learn how these resources are distributed among various peoples and groups of society. The course emphasizes the economic principles upon which the free enterprise system is based. Students will study the role a variety of factors play in this system including government, geography, societal values and technology. Students will also receive instruction in practical consumer economics. Students apply critical thinking skills to create economics models and to evaluate economic activity patterns. This course will cover the basic student expectations of regular Economics course using a variety of methods and modalities for differentiation of

52

instruction. ESL instructional techniques are used to help students master the essential concepts of the course.

0255 Economics with Emphasis on the Free Enterprise System and Its Benefits Micro Advanced Placement

Grade Placement . . . . . 11-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . U. S. and World History

This course in microeconomics is designed to give students a thorough understanding of the principles of economics that apply to the functions of individual decision-makers, both consumers and producers, within the larger economic system. It places primary emphasis on the nature and functions of product markets, the study of factor markets, and the role of government in promoting greater efficiency and equity in the economy. Students working independently or in collaboration with a mentor investigate a problem, issue, or concern; research the topic using a variety of technologies; and present a product of professional quality to an appropriate audience. Students enrolled in this course are strongly encouraged to take the Advanced Placement Exam for Micro Economics.

0256 Economics with Emphasis on the Free Enterprise System and Its Benefits Macro Advanced Placement

Grade Placement . . . . . 11-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . U. S. and World History

This course in macroeconomics is designed to give students a thorough understanding of the principles of economics that apply to an economic system as a whole. It places particular emphasis on the study of national income and price determination, and also develops students’ familiarity with economic performance measures, economic growth, and international economics. Students working independently or in collaboration with a mentor, investigate a problem, issue, or concern; research the topic using a variety of technologies; and present a product of professional quality to an appropriate audience. Students enrolled in this course are strongly encouraged to take the Advanced Placement Exam for Macroeconomics.

0260 Psychology

Grade Placement . . . . . 11-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . None

In this course, students consider the development of the individual and the personality. The study of psychology is based on an historical framework and relies on effective collection and analysis of data. Students study topics such as theories of human development, personality, motivation, learning, and creativity. Psychology involves group work, laboratory experiments, independent reading/research, and active participation by the student.

53

0262 Psychology Advanced Placement

Grade Placement . . . . . 11-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . None

The purpose of the AP course in Psychology is to introduce the analytical study of the behavior and mental processes of human beings and other animals. Included is a consideration of the psychological facts, principles, and phenomena associated with each of the major sub-fields within psychology. The areas of emphasis include sensation and perception, states of consciousness, learning, cognition, motivation and emotions, personality, abnormal psychology and treatment of psychological disorders. Students enrolled in this course are strongly encouraged to take the Advanced Placement Exam for Psychology.

0261 Sociology

Grade Placement . . . . . 11-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . None

In this course students study dynamics and models of individual and group relationships. Students study topics such as the history and systems of sociology, cultural and social norms, social institutions, and mass communication.

0238 AP Human Geography

Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . None

AP Human Geography introduces students to the systematic study of patterns and processes that have shaped human understanding, use, and alteration of Earth’s surface. Students employ spatial concepts and landscape analysis to examine human social organization and its environmental consequences. They also learn about the tolls and methods that geographers use in their science and practice. Students who enroll in this course are strongly encouraged to take the Advanced Placement Exam in Human Geography. This course does not count as a graduation requirement. It is an elective course.

54

0226 Advanced Placement European History

Grade Placement . . . . . 11-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . None

The purpose of AP European History is to introduce students to cultural, economic, political, and social developments that played a fundamental role in shaping the world in which they live. Without this knowledge, we would lack the context for understanding the development of contemporary institutions, the role of continuity and change in present day society and politics, and the evolution of current forms of artistic expression and intellectual discourse. In addition to providing a basic narrative of events and movements, the goals of the AP program in European History are to develop (a) an understanding of some of the principal themes in modern European History (b) an ability to analyze historical evidence and historical interpretation, and (c) an ability to express historical understanding in writing. Students enrolled in AP European History are strongly encouraged to take the Advanced Placement exam for European History.

55

INTERNATIONAL BACCALAUREATE PROGRAMME

The International Baccalaureate (IB) Programme is an internationally recognized curriculum that offers 11th and 12th grade students an opportunity to earn the IB diploma. Students complete and test in six IB subjects; write an extended essay of independent research guided by a faculty mentor, complete 150 hours of creative, action, and service activities (CAS); and participate in a critical thinking course called Theory of Knowledge. This advanced, comprehensive program of study offers an integrated approach to learning across the disciplines with an emphasis on meeting the challenges of living and working in a global, technological society. The State of Texas awards a minimum of 24 credit hours to students who attend any public Texas University who earn the IB Diploma with a score of 24 points or higher. Students must complete an application and interview before being accepted into the program.

56

THEORY OF KNOWLEDGE

3468 Theory of Knowledge

Grade Placement . . . . . 11 and 12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . IB Candidates only

With its position at the center of the International Baccalaureate hexagon suggesting its connective possibilities, the Theory of Knowledge class offers students the opportunity to reflect on themselves as “knowers” in the act of knowing. Six different areas of knowledge, some of which are intensively pursued in other parts of the curriculum, become the subjects of critical inquiry as “knowers,” singly and in community, explore what it means to know in each area and how those ways bump into or reinforce each other. As they inquire, students cultivate precision in their recognition of the difficulties that attend their ways of knowing: the nature and limit of perception, the trickery and truthfulness of emotions, the seduction and elusiveness of language, and the attraction of reason. Sorting out this tangle of possibilities is the critical challenge of those who desire to thrive in the Theory of Knowledge class. Practiced with the proper curiosity and generosity, these wrestlings with the problems of knowledge will take students from text to text, time to time, and culture to culture, promoting self-understanding and rich appreciation of difference and variety. The result will be a subtle sophistication of intellect.

57

GROUP 1: LANGUAGE A1 3400/3402 IB English 3 and English 4 (HL)

Grade Placement . . . . . 11 and 12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisites . . . . . . . . PIB, PreAP, or GT Eng. 1 and Eng. 2

This pair of courses focuses on the rigorous academic demands of an International Baccalaureate Higher Level course. This two-year, intensive study of English language and literature develops students’ analytical abilities and creative powers of expression, both in oral and written communications. It encourages them to be original, independent, critical and logical thinkers, and to appreciate literature as an art form. Students learn techniques to analyze literary passages, drawn from prose and poetry, representative of a variety of historical literary periods. Various genres, styles, themes and contexts are examined through the analysis of grouped works. Students explore the ongoing forces of human creativity, artistic ingenuity, and cultural diversity that shape and develop literature. Students engage in daily formal and/or informal writing tasks including free writing, response journals, dialectical journals, essays, abstracts, critiques and commentaries. They practice public speaking, engaging in the critical and constructive exchange of ideas though oral presentations, class discussions, panel discussions, as well as informal and/or informal debates. This course will culminate with the successful completion of the Language A1 exam.

58

GROUP 2: LANGUAGE B 3440/3441 IB French SL/HL

Grade Placement . . . . . 11 and 12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . French 3 PreAP; Level 4 PreAP highly recommended

The primary objective for the study of a language other than English and of its culture is to provide students with a rich preparation for the future. Language B French study incorporates the development of communications skills such as: listening, speaking, reading, and writing. Students will continue to develop new communication skills by using knowledge of the oral and written language, technology, and content from other subject areas. Students of Language B French will use the new language to communicate proficiently, to acquire and provide information, to express feelings and opinions, and to consider various points of view when solving problems in a global society. Language B French offers students an enriched, advanced study of language, literature, and culture. The students will be able to review independently and through group discussions works of various authors in the original language. As active participants, the students will expand their learned skills across the curriculum and apply new concepts in real-life situations. Students may choose to take the Standard Level exam at the end of the junior year or take another year of French and then choose either the Standard Level or Higher Level exam.

3450/3451 IB Spanish SL/HL

Grade Placement . . . . . 11 and 12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisites . . . . . . . . Spanish 3 PreAP; Level 4 PreAP highly recommended

The primary objective for the study of a language other than English and of its cultures is to provide students with a rich preparation for the future. Language B Spanish study incorporates the development of communication skills such as: listening, speaking, reading and writing. Students will continue to develop new communication skills by using knowledge of the oral and written language, technology, and content from other subject areas. Students of Language B Spanish will use the new language to communicate proficiently, to acquire and provide information, to express feelings and opinions, and to consider various points of view when solving problems in a global society. Language B Spanish offers students an enriched, advanced study of language, literature, and culture. The students will be able to review independently and through group discussions works of various authors in the original language. As active participants, the students will expand their learned skills across the curriculum and apply new concepts in real-life situations. Students may choose to take the Standard Level exam at the end of the junior year or take another year of Spanish and then choose either the Standard Level or Higher Level exam.

59

GROUP 3: INDIVIDUALS AND SOCIETIES 3410/3411 IB History of the Americas

Grade Placement . . . . . 11 and 12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 unit Prerequisites . . . . . . . . Pre AP World Geography and AP World History recommended

The history component of the IB Curriculum is structured as a two-year program taught at the Higher Level. The regional component will cover the History of the Americas with the emphasis in the 11th grade year on the history of the United States from the colonial period to the present and the impact of the United States on surrounding cultures. In the 12th grade, the history of Canada and Latin America will be covered along with the following Twentieth Century topics: the causes and effects of war, the Cold War, and the rise and rule of single party states.

*This course replaces the U.S. History requirement for graduation.

60

GROUP 4: EXPERIMENTAL SCIENCES

3430 IB Biology SL

Grade Placement . . . . . 11 or 12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1Unit Prerequisites . . . . . . . . .PreAP or PIB/Biology and PreAP or PIB/Chemistry

The primary goal of this course is to help students gain an appreciation of science as a process and provide them with the conceptual framework, factual knowledge, and analytical skills necessary to deal critically with the rapidly changing science of biology. The course would consist of lecture, teacher-designed labs, student-designed labs and other types of experimental learning. The material of study for Biology (SL) will include the following topics: biochemistry, cells, genetics, nucleic acids, proteins, evolution, ecology and evolution, ecology and conservation, and human health physiology. The course would consist of lecture, teacher-designed labs, student-designed labs and other types of experimental learning. This course includes a multi-disciplinary group science project.

3436 IB Biology HL

Grade Placement . . . . . 12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . IB Biology SL

The goal of this course is to help students gain an appreciation of science as a process and provide them with the conceptual framework, factual knowledge, and analytical skills necessary to deal critically with the rapidly changing science of biology. This second year of biology includes extensions of the Biology SL topics with the addition of the following: defense against infectious diseases, human reproduction, nerves, muscles, movement, excretion, and plant science. The course consists of lecture, teacher-designed labs and other types of experimental learning. This course includes a multi-disciplinary group science project.

3432 IB Chemistry sL

Grade Placement . . . . . 11 or 12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1Unit Prerequisites . . . . . . . . PreAP or PIB/Biology or PreAP or PIB/Chemistry

This course, designed for students with a depth of understanding of fundamentals and a reasonable competence in dealing with chemical problems, provides opportunities for scientific study and creativity within global context which will stimulate and challenge students. The course will contribute to the students’ ability to analyze, evaluate, and synthesize scientific information and help develop the students’ ability to think clearly and express their ideas orally and in writing with clarity and logic. The course includes the following topics of study: Stoichiometry, atomic theory and atomic models, periodicity, bonding, states of matter, solutions, energetics, kinetics, equilibrium, acids and bases, oxidation and reduction, organic chemistry, environmental chemistry, and fuels and energy. This course encourages an understanding of the relationships between scientific disciplines and the overarching nature of the scientific method. In an effort to develop students’ experimental and investigative skills,

61

40% of a student’s classroom time will be devoted to performing laboratory activities. A multi-disciplinary group project is a component of this class.

3433 IB Chemistry HL

Grade Placement . . . . . 12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1Unit Prerequisites . . . . . . . . IB Chemistry SL

This course, designed for students with a depth of understanding of fundamentals and a reasonable competence in dealing with chemical problems, provides opportunities for scientific study and creativity within global context which will stimulate and challenge students. The course will contribute to the students’ ability to analyze, evaluate, and synthesize scientific information and help develop the students’ ability to think clearly and express their ideas orally and in writing with clarity and logic. The course reviews the topics of study covered in SL as a core-- stoichiometry, atomic theory and atomic models, periodicity, bonding, states of matter, solutions, energetic, kinetics, equilibrium, acids and bases, oxidation and reduction, organic chemistry--but also continues with the topics in greater depth. HL students are expected to study additional topics and to study extension material of a more demanding nature than SL. This course encourages an understanding of the relationships between scientific disciplines and the overarching nature of the scientific method. In an effort to develop students’ experimental and investigative skills, 40% of a student’s classroom time will be devoted to performing laboratory activities and independent investigations. A multi-disciplinary group project is also a component of this class.

3434 IB Physics SL

Grade Placement . . . . . 11 or 12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisites . . . . . . . . PreAP and PIB Biology /Chemistry, PreAP or PIB/ Physics

Physics is the study of the relationship between matter and energy. The student will be introduced to fundamental concepts in the areas of mechanics, wave actions, heat, electricity, magnetism, and nuclear phenomena. Observations of the laws of force and motion, the nature of light, wave phenomena, and properties of electricity and magnetism are integral components of the course. Students will develop experimental and investigative scientific skills, including an ability to ask physical questions and to obtain solutions to those questions by use of physical intuition, experimental investigation, and formal logic. Awareness will be gained of the connections of physics to other disciplines and to societal issues. Knowledge of algebra and basic trigonometry is required for the course. Basic ideas of calculus may be introduced in the study of some concepts. In an effort to develop students’ experimental and investigative skills, at least 40% of a student’s classroom time will be devoted to performing laboratory and inquiry activities that cover a range of topics and skills including a multi-disciplinary group science project. Laboratory investigations will help the student develop an ability to analyze, evaluate, and synthesize scientific information.

62

3438 IB Physics HL

Grade Placement . . . . . 12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . IB Physics SL

In this second year of the study of physics, the student will encounter further extensions of the fundamental concepts in the areas of mechanics, wave actions, heat, electricity, magnetism, and nuclear phenomena. Observations of the laws of force and motion, the nature of light, wave phenomena, and properties of electricity and magnetism are integral components of the course. In addition, the student will study topics on relativity, optics, and astrophysics. Students will develop experimental and investigative scientific skills, including an ability to ask physical questions and to obtain solutions to those questions by use of physical intuition, experimental investigation, and formal logic. Awareness will be gained of the connections of physics to other disciplines and to societal issues. Knowledge of algebra and basic trigonometry is required for the course. Basic ideas of calculus may be introduced in the study of some concepts. In an effort to develop students’ experimental and investigative skills, at least 40% of a student’s classroom time will be devoted to performing laboratory and inquiry activities that cover a range of topics and skills including a multi-disciplinary group science project. Laboratory investigations will help the student develop an ability to analyze, evaluate, and synthesize scientific information.

63

GROUP 5: MATHEMATICS AND COMPUTER SCIENCE 3422 Mathematical Studies SL

Grade Placement . . . . . 11 and/or 12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Algebra 1 & 2, Geometry, PreIB/PreAP recommended

Mathematical Studies SL is a one-year course that can be offered to students with a variety of abilities and academic background. Students need a foundation in basic math skills and processes. This course will review Algebra 1, Geometry, and Algebra 2. The course will investigate numerous real life examples where mathematics will be used to answer questions, make generalizations, and make predictions. The students will appreciate the mathematics that can be applied to other subject areas, to common general world occurrences, and to topics that relate to the students interest. Topics of study include: elementary coordinate and analytic geometry, equations and inequalities, functions (linear, piece, step, quadratic, polynomial, radical and rational), exponential and logarithmic functions, conics, trigonometric functions, vectors, sequences and series, programming, statistics and probability, and introduction to differential calculus. The statistical option will be used for further study. International math symbols will be applied to standard formulas and to basic math definitions to prepare students for the International Baccalaureate exam. This course includes a project that allows students to compile, organize, and analyze a real-world situation in a mathematical context.

3422 Mathematics SL

Grade Placement . . . . . 11 and 12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . PreAP/PreIB or Honors Geometry, Algebra 2 and Pre-

Calculus This is a two-year course taken in the junior and senior years by students planning to include mathematics as a major component of their studies, either as a subject itself or within courses such as physics, engineering, and technology. Students are expected to have a solid foundation in mathematics and be competent in a wide range of analytical and technical skills. This course will review Algebra, Geometry, and Algebra 2. Methods concentrate on the application of theory to real environmental situations. Topics of study include: set and number theory, elementary coordinate geometry, equations and inequalities, functions, (linear, quadratic, piece, polynomial radical, and rational), exponential and logarithmic functions, conic sections, trigonometry, vectors sequences and series, binomial theorem, statistics and probability. Students are required to work independently and develop an investigation mode, which can be applied to other subject areas, to common world occurrences and to topics that relate to the self-interest of students. The course includes a portfolio based on different areas of the syllabus.

64

3424 Mathematics HL

Grade Placement . . . . . 11 and 12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . PreAP or Honors Geometry, Algebra 2, and IB/H Pre-Calculus

and PreCalculus BC This two-year course begins with the study of IB Honors PreCalculus in the junior year and AP Calculus BC in the senior year. In choosing this course, students will be expecting to include mathematics as a major component of their university studies, either as a subject in its own right or within courses such as physics, engineering and technology. Others may take this subject because they have a strong interest in mathematics and enjoy meeting its challenges and engaging with its problems.

The nature of the subject is such that it focuses on developing important mathematical concepts in a comprehensible, coherent and rigorous way. This is achieved by means of a carefully balanced approach. Students are encouraged to apply their mathematical knowledge to solving problems set in a variety of meaningful contexts. Development of each topic should feature justification and proof of results. Students embarking on this course should expect to develop insight into mathematical form and structure, and should be intellectually equipped to appreciate the links between concepts in different topic areas. They should also be encouraged to develop the skills needed to continue their mathematical growth in other learning environments.

The internally assessed component, the portfolio, offers students a framework for developing independence in their mathematical learning through engaging in mathematical investigation and mathematical modeling. Students will be provided with opportunities to take a considered approach to these activities, and to explore different ways of approaching a problem. The portfolio also allows students to work without the time constraints of a written examination and to develop skills in communicating mathematical ideas.

This course is a demanding one, requiring students to study a broad range of mathematical topics through a number of different approaches and to varying degrees of depth.

65

3426/3428 IB Computer Science SL/HL

Grade Placement . . . . . 11 and 12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . One year of computer science (PreAP or AP level)

Computer Science explores the design of computer systems; the hardware and the software that make them perform a given task using appropriate technology. Students will have experience using language translators such as DOS, Java, Java Applets, and THML. They will use correct syntax, describe the function of language translators, and use the correct translators given a prescribed scenario. The students will be able to discuss the advantages and disadvantages of single-user system versus a networked system. They will have experience with both. They will be able to discuss the repercussions of shared resources, database management, interactive and batch processing.

Students will be expected to write programs using an object-oriented approach. They will consider data storage demands, hardware and peripheral equipment requirements. Students will be able to trace algorithms in IB psuedo-code (PURE) and be able to evaluate software designs and algorithms written in IB psuedo-code (PURE) for their suitability for a given task. Time spent on the program dossier is an important part of the course and will be utilized to demonstrate mastery of the programming language of the course (JAVA) *This course may not be taken in place of a required mathematics course.

66

GROUP 6: FINE ARTS

3466/3467/3465 IB Art/Design SL/HL

Grade Placement . . . . . 11 and 12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . One year of Art grade 9 or 10

The IB Art/Design course is designed to give the students an opportunity to develop and present a personal visual art exhibit and research workbook. They will be expected to incorporate acquired skills, a variety of media and methods, critical thinking, increased awareness of both immediate and global environment, imagination, and creativity. Art history, criticism and aesthetics will be an integral part of the curriculum. The Art/Design program will provide opportunities for development of a portfolio and research workbook, which demonstrate an understanding of technical skills, creativity, visual awareness, studio production, and pursuit of quality.

The IB Art/Design Program will provide the student the opportunity to complete the Standard Level or to begin the Higher Level course at the junior level. IB candidates who choose the Standard Level will select from Option A (70% Studio Work and 30% Research Workbooks) or Option B (70% Research Workbooks and 30% Studio Work). The Standard Level may be completed as a junior or senior if at level II in art. Senior students working for the Higher Level Options (70% Studio Work and 30% Research Workbooks) will begin work on the Higher Level as a junior, but must complete another two semesters during their senior year to satisfy necessary hours.

3462/3463 IB Theatre Arts SL/HL

Grade Placement . . . . . 11 and 12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . One year of Theatre Arts 1-P or Theatre Production 1-D in

grade 9 or 10 The IB Theatre Arts program is designed to give the students the opportunity to understand the significance of the art and to develop an appreciation of theatre by creating it and studying it. This program is designed to involve the whole student; body and mind. In addition, students will be provided an opportunity to explore the rich historical, societal, and cultural significance of theatre throughout the world. IB candidates have the option of completing the Standard Level program consisting of the following components: 25% Research Commission, 25% Practical Play Analysis, 25% Performance Skills and Theatre Production, 25% Portfolio. The Higher Level program consists of the following components: 25% Research Commission, 25% Practical Play Analysis, 25% Performance Skills and Theatre Production, 25% Portfolio and Individual Project.

67

3460/3461 IB Music SL/HL

Grade Placement . . . . . 11 and 12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . .One year of Band, Choir, Orchestra, or comparable private

music instruction in grade 9 and 10 The IB Music program is designed to offer students an opportunity to develop skills of analysis through exposure to a broad range of music styles, with emphasis on western art (classical) music. Students also explore traditional and popular music, culminating in a study of music of two diverse cultures. IB Music provides an opportunity for students to broaden their musical knowledge in preparation for career in music performance, composition, or pedagogy. The Standard Level can be completed as a junior or senior. Higher Level studies are recommended for students considering a music career and require a minimum of three semesters. SL level students are required to complete either a performance or composition unit to satisfy the program requirement. HL students must both perform as a soloist and complete a composition component.

3464/3469 IB Dance SL/HL

Grade Placement . . . . . 11 and 12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . One year of Dance in Grade 9 or 10

This course is designed to help students to understand dance as a set of practices with their own histories and theories which integrate physical, intellectual and emotional knowledge; experience dance as an individual and collective exploration of the expressive possibilities of bodily movement; understand and appreciate mastery in various dance styles, traditions, and cultures; understand the forms dance takes in styles, traditions and cultures other than their own; and recognize and use dance to create dialogue among the various traditions and cultures in their school environment, their society and the world at large.

IB Dance will provide the student the opportunity to complete the Standard Level or Higher Level. Both levels require 2 years of study (junior and senior year). Both the SL and HL include 3 parts to their IB assessment: Performance (40%), Composition and Analysis (40%), and World Dance Studies (20%). Students are expected to have at least 1 year of coursework in Dance during high school, with 2 years preferred. Formal study outside of the regular school day/during the summer is required by the IBO.

68

4920

TECHNOLOGY APPLICATIONS

Students who elect to take a technology applications course must have mastered the K-8 Technology Applications TEKS, therefore students must be proficient in basic keyboarding, computer, word processing, and graphics skills prior to enrolling in one of the courses listed below. The technology applications courses present a high level, fast-paced focus either with an in-depth concentration on one specialized technology field or covering advanced skills within a larger technology course area.

* Denotes that a form for approval is required prior to registering for the course. Fundamentals of Computer Science Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite: Proficiency in the knowledge skills relating to Technology

Applications, Grades 6-8 as demonstrated by no more than 2 U’s for any Technology Applications grade in any 6 weeks marking period during 6th and 7th

4900PA

grade;

Fundamentals of Computer Science is intended as a first course for those students just beginning the study of computer science. Students will learn about the computing tools that are used every day. Students will foster their creativity and innovation through opportunities to design, implement, and present solutions to real-world problems. Students will collaborate and use computer science concepts to access, analyze, and evaluate information needed to solve problems. Students will learn the problem-solving and reasoning skills that are the foundation of computer science. By using computer science knowledge and skills that support the work of individuals and groups in solving problems, students will select the technology appropriate for the task, synthesize knowledge, create solutions, and evaluate the results. Students will learn digital citizenship by researching current laws and regulations and by practicing integrity and respect. Students will gain an understanding of the principles of computer science through the study of technology operations and concepts. Students are responsible for the costs of materials used in products they take home and other consumables. See counselor for Technology Applications Lab Fee Schedule.

Computer Science 1 (PreAP) Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Algebra 1 (B Average Recommended) and

AP strategies are used in this course to prepare students for college level computer science classes. Computer Science 1 provides students with an opportunity to master high-level programming language concepts, to understand computer architecture, and to apply problem solving to a variety of applications by designing and implementing appropriate programming solutions. Using common algorithms programming languages such as Java, students will create solutions that are well structured, efficient, and modular in nature. Students will also use programs such as Alice to apply logic and object movement in 3D environments, and robotics for programming applied to real world objects. While developing program solutions, students will:

Mastery of Grades 6-8 Technology Applications TEKS

69

(1) select appropriate data structures (2) use graphics to enhance program displays (3) create readable programs (4) learn program maintenance (5) develop skills in debugging programs

Students will have the opportunity to view Internet sites related to Computer Science and to publish their work using class-generated products. Students are responsible for the costs of materials used in products they take home and other consumables. See counselor for Technology Applications Lab Fee Schedule.

4900 Computer Science 1 Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Algebra 1 (B Average Recommended) and

Grades 6-8 Technology Applications TEKS Computer Science 1 provides students with an opportunity to master high-level programming language concepts, to understand computer architecture, and to apply problem solving to a variety of applications by designing and implementing appropriate programming solutions. Using common algorithms programming languages such as Java, students will create solutions that are well structured, efficient, and modular in nature. Students will also use programs such as Alice to apply logic and object movement in 3D environments. While developing program solutions, students will:

Mastery of

(1) select appropriate data structures (2) use graphics to enhance program displays (3) create readable programs (4) learn program maintenance (5) develop skills in debugging programs

Students will have the opportunity to view Internet sites related to Computer Science and to publish their work using class-generated products. Students are responsible for the costs of materials used in products they take home and other consumables. See counselor for Technology Applications Lab Fee Schedule.

4901 AP Computer Science Grade Placement . . . . . 10-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Computer Science 1 or PreAP Computer Science 1 or

(B Average Recommended), Geometry

or

The AP Computer Science Advanced Placement course is a college level course that offers students the opportunity to master high-level programming language concepts using the Java and

Algebra 2 (B Average Recommended) This course may satisfy a math graduation requirement credit (see your counselor for details).

70

basic algorithms. Building on a library of reusable code, students will solve large problems by separating them into modules.

The curriculum is structured to meet the course requirements, as stated by The College Board AP Course Description for Computer Sciences, (http://www.collegeboard.com), and to prepare students for the Advanced Placement, Computer Science - A exam.

The AP program is a cooperative effort with The College Board and college credit (1 semester)

may be awarded upon successful completion of the A Level AP exam. Each college or university establishes its AP credit/placement practices. Students are responsible for the examination fee, plus the costs of materials used in products they take home and other consumables. See teacher for costs on your campus.

4903 Computer Science 2 Grade Placement . . . . . 10-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite…………... Proficiency in the knowledge and skills relating to Technology Applications, Grades 6-8 as demonstrated by no more than 2 U’s for any Technology Applications grade in any 6 weeks marking period during 6th and 7th grade; AND Algebra I AND

Computer Science II will foster students' creativity and innovation by presenting opportunities to design, implement, and present meaningful programs through a variety of media. Students will collaborate with one another, their instructor, and various electronic communities to solve the problems presented throughout the course. Through data analysis, students will identify task requirements, plan search strategies, and use computer science concepts to access, analyze, and evaluate information needed to solve problems. By using computer science knowledge and skills that support the work of individuals and groups in solving problems, students will select the technology appropriate for the task, synthesize knowledge, create solutions, and evaluate the results. Students will learn digital citizenship by researching current laws and regulations and by practicing integrity and respect. Students will gain an understanding of computer science through the study of technology operations, systems, and concepts. Students are responsible for the costs of materials used in products they take home and other consumables. See counselor for Technology Applications Lab Fee Schedule.

either Computer Science or Fundamentals of Computer Science.

3426, 3428 IB Computer Science SL/HL Grade Placement . . . . . 11 and 12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . One year of Computer Science

Computer Science explores the design of computer systems; the hardware and the software that make them perform a given task using appropriate technology. Students will have experience using language translators such as DOS, Java, Java Applets, and HTML. They will use correct syntax, describe the function of language translators, and use the correct translators given a prescribed

71

Robotics Programming and Design

4932

Game Programming and Design 4928

scenario. The students will be able to discuss the advantages and disadvantages of single-user system versus a networked system. They will have experience with both. They will be able to discuss the repercussions of shared resources, database management, interactive and batch processing.

Students will be expected to write programs using an object-oriented approach. They will consider data storage demands, hardware and peripheral equipment requirements. Students will be able to trace algorithms in Java and be able to evaluate software designs and algorithms written in Java for their suitability for a given task. Time spent on the program dossier is an important part of the course and will be utilized to demonstrate mastery of the programming language of the course (Java). Students are responsible for the costs of materials used in products they take home and other consumables. See counselor for Technology Applications Lab Fee Schedule.

*This course may not be taken in place of a required mathematics course.

Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 Unit Prerequisite…………….Proficiency in the knowledge and skills relating to

Technology Applications, Grades 6-8 as demonstrated by no more than 2 U’s for any Technology Applications grade in any 6 weeks marking period during 6th and 7th

Robotics Programming and Design will foster students' creativity and innovation by presenting opportunities to design, implement, and present meaningful robotic programs through a variety of media. Students will collaborate with one another, their instructor, and various electronic communities to solve problems in designing and programming robots. Through data analysis, students will identify task requirements, plan search strategies, and use robotic concepts to access, analyze, and evaluate information needed to solve problems. By using robotic knowledge and skills that support the work of individuals and groups in solving problems, students will select the technology appropriate for the task, synthesize knowledge, create solutions, and evaluate the results. Students will learn digital citizenship by researching current laws and regulations and by practicing integrity and respect. Students will gain an understanding of the principles of robotics through the study of physics, robotics, automation, and engineering design concepts. Students are responsible for the costs of materials used in products they take home and other consumables. See counselor for Technology Applications Lab Fee Schedule.

grade

Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Proficiency in the knowledge and skills relating to

Technology Applications, Grades 6-8 as demonstrated by no more than 2 U’s for any Technology Applications grade in any 6 weeks marking period during 6th and 7th grade AND Algebra I

72

Mobile Application Development

4930

Game Programming and Design will foster student creativity and innovation by presenting students with opportunities to design, implement, and present meaningful programs through a variety of media. Students will collaborate with one another, their instructor, and various electronic communities to solve gaming problems. Through data analysis, students will include the identification of task requirements, plan search strategies, and use programming concepts to access, analyze, and evaluate information needed to design games. By acquiring programming knowledge and skills that support the work of individuals and groups in solving problems, students will select the technology appropriate for the task, synthesize knowledge, create solutions, and evaluate the results. Students will learn digital citizenship by researching current laws and regulations and by practicing integrity and respect. Students will create a computer game that is presented to an evaluation panel. Students are responsible for the costs of materials used in products they take home and other consumables. See counselor for Technology Applications Lab Fee Schedule.

Note: This course may not be offered at all high school campuses.

Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 Unit Prerequisite…………..Proficiency in the knowledge and skills relating to

Technology Applications, Grades 6-8 as demonstrated by no more than 2 U’s for any Technology Applications grade in any 6 weeks marking period during 6th and 7th grade AND

Mobile Application Development will foster students' creativity and innovation by presenting opportunities to design, implement, and deliver meaningful projects using mobile computing devices. Students will collaborate with one another, their instructor, and various electronic communities to solve problems presented throughout the course. Through data analysis, studentswill identify task requirements, plan search strategies, and use software development concepts to access, analyze, and evaluate information needed to program mobile devices. By using software design knowledge and skills that support the work of individuals and groups in solving problems, students will select the technology appropriate for the task, synthesize knowledge, create solutions, and evaluate the results. Students will learn digital citizenship by researching current laws and regulations and by practicing integrity and respect. Students will gain an understanding of the principles of mobile application development through the study of development platforms, programming languages, and software design standards. Students are responsible for the costs of materials used in products they take home and other consumables. See counselor for Technology Applications Lab Fee Schedule.

Note: This course may not be offered at all high school campuses.

Algebra I

73

4924 Digital Art and Animation Grade Placement . . . . . 10-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite……………. Proficiency in the knowledge and skills relating to

Technology Applications, Grades 6-8 as demonstrated by no more than 2 U’s for any Technology Applications grade in any 6 weeks marking period during 6th 7th grade AND

Digital Art and Animation is an introductory course in design, typography, and imaging techniques. This course includes topics such as digital composition, color, imaging, editing, and animation. Students will create computer images and animations with digital imaging software. Digital Art and Animation has applications in many careers, including graphic design, advertising, web design, animation, corporate communications, illustration, character development, script writing, storyboarding, directing, producing, inking, project management, editing, and the magazine, television, film, and game industries. Students in this course will produce various real-world projects and animations. Students are responsible for the costs of materials used in products they take home and other consumables. See counselor for Technology Applications Lab Fee Schedule.

Art 1 (May be waived based on portfolio review or art teacher recommendation.)

4926

Digital Video and Audio Design Grade Placement . . . . . 10-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite………….. Proficiency in the knowledge and skills relating to Technology Applications, Grades 6-8 as demonstrated by no more than 2 U’s for any Technology Applications grade in any 6 weeks marking period during 6th and 7th grade AND

Digital Video and Audio Design students will plan, create, edit, and produce audio and video products. Video and audio production is probably the most universally known of all media and is an integral component of many technology applications. The process of editing creates a specialmood, tempo, and pace to enhance the subject matter. Video and audio production is not only instructional and analytical, but also artistic. Students will learn the video and audio basics as well as participate in pre-production, production, and post-production stages of video and audio creation, distribution, and evaluation of the product. Students will work with real world projects and participate in video and audio production of campus, district, and local events. Students are responsible for the costs of materials used in products they take home and other consumables. See counselor for Technology Applications Lab Fee Schedule.

NOTE: This class may not be offered at all Klein ISD high schools.

Digital Video and Audio Design teacher recommendation (contact the DVAD teacher for the necessary recommendation application form)

74

4922

4938 Web Design Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Proficiency in the knowledge and skills relating to Technology

Applications, Grades 6-8 as demonstrated by no more than 2 U’s for any Technology Applications grade in any 6 weeks marking period during 6th and 7th

Web Design is an introductory course in web design. To enroll in this course, students should be computer literate and have the basic electronic productivity skills relating to word processing, working with graphics, spreadsheets, databases, presentation tools, and Internet browsers. Students will learn the foundations of creating, accessing, and managing information on the Internet with a focus on design principles. They will acquire experience in working with large amounts of data across the Internet. Students will make web pages, manage web folders on a server, learn to evaluate digital format, and improve their electronic communication and research skills. Students are responsible for the costs of materials used in products they take home and other consumables. See counselor for Technology Applications Lab Fee Schedule.

Note: This course may not be offered at all high school campuses.

grade

Digital Design and Media Production

Grade Placement . . . . . 11-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite………….. Proficiency in the knowledge and skills relating to

Technology Applications Grades 6-8 as demonstrated by no more than 2 U’s for any Technology Applications grade in any 6 weeks marking period during 6th and 7th grade AND Journalism 1 AND 2 years Yearbook/ Newspaper staff experience AND

Yearbook/Newspaper sponsor approval

Digital Design and Media Production students will demonstrate a thorough understanding of digital design principles that is transferable to other disciplines. Digital Design and Media Production combines the skills of electronic design, editing, and production of a product using a variety of hardware and software tools. This project-based course focuses on real-world audiences as customers. Students will learn to use a collection of software tools and design techniques to create a yearbook, newspaper or other formatted products using print, online, photography and videography skills. Students enrolled in this course will be members of either the yearbook staff or the newspaper staff and are expected to participate in advertising campaigns that include selling advertisements in the community and covering or reporting on after-school activities as assigned. Digital Design and Media Production is an alternate course designation for those students in which Yearbook and Newspaper courses and Technology Applications Independent Study have been completed. (NOTE: The high school technology applications desktop publishing 8th grade course in intermediate school is not a prerequisite for high school journalism, yearbook, or newspaper, nor should it be

75

misconstrued as a course leading to high school journalism, yearbook, or newspaper. A prerequisite for students interested in applying for Yearbook or Newspaper is Journalism 1). Students are responsible for the costs of materials used in products they take home and other consumables. See counselor for Technology Applications Lab Fee Schedule.

Note: This course may not be offered at all high school campuses.

4907 Technology Applications Independent Study Grade Placement . . . . . 10-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Any Technology Applications Course in which the student

is continuing at the independent study level and

The Independent Study course provides opportunities for students desiring to continue in the acquisition of multimedia, telecommunications, or programming skill sets. Students will build portfolios, solve problems, and create products for school and community. Instructional design principles and software skill sets relevant to instruction and interwoven into real products are the focus of this course. This course is designed for the continuation of a course that students have completed in Technology Applications. For example, this study could be for a student learning Computer Science following AP Computer Science or Computer Science 3, or learning and applying more advanced technology applications knowledge and skills in problem-solving situations in a course following Digital Design and Media Production, Digital Art and Animation, or a Digital Video and Audio Design course. The Independent Study course is a project-based course that continues a student’s particular course of study (examples: Yearbook student in Independent Study serving as editor of Yearbook, Web mastering student serving as school web master or for a school organization, Computer Science studying higher level programming with specific portfolio expectations, etc.). All result in a real world project where the skills are applied, a product is produced, or a panel or event presentation occurs. This course is included among the courses that qualify as an option III academic elective credit. Students are responsible for the costs of materials used in products they take home and other consumables. See counselor for Technology Applications Lab Fee Schedule.

Teacher Recommendation*

76

4936

Evolving and Emerging Technologies Independent Study Grade Placement . . . . . 10-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Any Technology Applications Course in which the student

is continuing at the independent study level and

The Independent Study, Evolving and Emerging Technologies course provides opportunities for students desiring to participate in the research and development of evolving and emerging technologies. This is an independent level of study in which the student will participate in one or more of the following with the campus or district, a community business, or an organization: a) internship, b) research and publication/presentation, and/or c) out of classroom project. Students will build portfolios, solve problems, and create products for school and community. Instructional design principles and software skill sets relevant to instruction and interwoven into real products are the focus of this course. This course is designed for the continuation of a course that students have completed in Technology Applications. For example, this study could be for a student learning Computer Science following AP Computer Science or Computer Science 3, or learning and applying more advanced technology applications knowledge and skills in problem-solving situations in a course following Digital Design and Media Production, Digital Art and Animation, or a Digital Video and Audio Design course. This Independent Study course is a project-based course that continues a student’s particular course of study (adapting current technologies for new purposes, creating new technology processes and products, internships with technology companies, etc.). All result in a real world project where the skills are applied, a product is produced, or a panel or event presentation occurs. This course is included among the courses that qualify as an option III academic elective credit. Students are responsible for the costs of materials used in products they take home and other consumables. See counselor for Technology Applications Lab Fee Schedule.

Teacher Recommendation*

77

HEALTH 1605 Health Education Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . None

This course includes a study of the following topics: Wellness Nutrition Exposure to Effects of the Use of Alcohol, Tobacco and Other Drugs Fitness and Exercise Consumer Awareness Prevention and Treatment of Communicable Diseases, Including Sexually Transmitted Diseases, Chronic and Degenerative Diseases Community and Environmental Health Community Health Resources Stress Management Mental Health Human Sexuality and Family Living Health Careers Current Health Issues

During the course of instruction in this class, the textbooks, audiovisual materials, and lectures will include instruction and information concerning human growth and development. These topics are designed to inform and instruct only and not to enforce or diminish the individual's personal or religious attitudes. 1605LES Health Education, Limited English Sheltered (LES) Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2 Unit Prerequisite: . . . . . . . . Counselor Approval

This course for ESL students includes a study of health topics with an emphasis on the vocabulary and concepts such as: Wellness Nutrition Exposure to Effects of the Use of Alcohol, Tobacco and Other Drugs Fitness and Exercise Consumer Awareness Prevention and Treatment of Communicable Diseases, Including Sexually Transmitted Diseases, Chronic and Degenerative Diseases Community and Environmental Health Community Health Resources Stress Management Mental Health Human Sexuality and Family Living

78

Health Careers Current Health Issues During the course of instruction in this class, the textbooks, audiovisual materials, and lectures will include instruction and information concerning human growth and development. These topics are designed to inform and instruct only and not to enforce or diminish the individual's personal or religious attitudes. The course will cover the basic essential elements of the regular Health Education course with an emphasis on a variety of methods and modalities for instruction. 1606 Advanced Health Education Grade Placement . . . . . 11-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Health Education

This course is designed for the student with a high interest in the field of human medicine/health sciences. It is designed to acquaint the student with the more detailed aspects of gross anatomy and physiology as well as providing in-depth information concerning various health related careers. It shall include the following: Skills that foster individual health Use of a systematic approach to acquire health information Development of skills that affect the well-being of people collectively Topics include the following: Skeletal Muscular Neurological Internal anatomy Presentations by professionals in fields of: Family medicine Physical therapy Psychology Surgical specialists EMTs

79

PHYSICAL EDUCATION

F-1607, M-1609 Physical Education 1A Foundations of Personal Fitness Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2 Unit to 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . None

Foundations of Personal Fitness represent a new approach in physical education and the concept of personal fitness. The basic purpose of this course is to motivate students to strive for lifetime personal fitness with an emphasis on the health-related components of physical fitness. The knowledge and skills taught in this course include teaching students about the process of becoming fit as well as achieving some degree of fitness within the class. The concept of wellness or striving to reach optimal levels of health is the cornerstone of this course and is exemplified by one of the course objectives - students designing their own personal fitness programs.

F-1612, 1613, F-1608, M-1610, 1617 Physical Education IS, IS2-Individual Sports/TS, TS2 - Team Sports Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2 Unit to 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . None

Students in Individual Sports are expected to participate in a wide range of individual sports that can be pursued for a lifetime. The continued development of health-related fitness and the selection of individual sport activities that are enjoyable is a major objective of this course. This course could include, but would not be limited to, the following elements: Archery, Badminton, Physical Fitness, Aerobics, Tennis, Swimming, Golf, Weight Training, Conditioning, Track and Field, Table Tennis, as well as the individual skills necessary to participate in some team sports.

Students enrolled in team sports are expected to develop health-related fitness and an appreciation for teamwork and fair play. Like the other high school physical education courses, Team Sports is less concerned with the acquisition of physical fitness during the course than reinforcing the concept of incorporating physical activity into a lifestyle beyond high school. This course could include but would not be limited to the following elements. Basketball, Volleyball, Flag Football, Softball, Soccer, as well as a wide range of individual skills necessary to participate in a variety of physical activities.

80

F-1612; M-1613 Boys' and Girls' Athletics Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Maximum of 2 Units Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Coach Approval

Each of the athletes will work out for their sport during their athletic period and also after school. Students can double in two sports at the same time if it can be coordinated with the coaches. The student may earn no more than two units of credit in physical education toward state graduation requirements. There are a number of sports offered for the students in Klein ISD. Athletic Trainer, Baseball, Basketball, Cross Country, Football, Golf, Softball, Soccer, Swimming, Tennis, Track, Volleyball, and Wrestling. Students participating in Athletics will be scheduled into an athletic period. Tryouts and/or off season programs may be a requirement for participation in some sports. A/O; A/O2

Physical Education A/O, A/O2-Adventure/Outdoor Education Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2 to 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . None Students enrolled in Adventure/Outdoor Education are expected to develop competency in outdoor education activities that provide opportunities for enjoyment and challenge. The selection of activities will include but not limited to, the following elements orienteering, fishing, and hiking that will also promote a respect for the environment and that can be enjoyed for a lifetime.

AA, AA2 Physical Education AA, AA2-Aerobic Activities Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2 to 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . None Students enrolled in aerobic activities are exposed to a variety of activities that promote health-related fitness. A major expectation of this course is for the student to design a personal fitness program that uses aerobic activities as a foundation. The selection of activities will include but not limited to, the following elements; aerobic dance, aqua aerobics, jogging, power walking, and step aerobics.

81

SPORTS MEDICINE

1659 Sports Medicine 1 Grade Placement . . . . . 9-11 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Application and Athletic Trainer Approval

This course is an introductory level class that introduces students into the field of Athletic Training and affiliated areas dealing with sports medicine. The objective of this class is to expose the students to the field of athletic training and its demands. Topics covered include CPR and Emergency First Aid, effects on the body from being injured and the anatomy and physiology of the lower body and associated injuries. Involvement in this course will require after school and weekend commitment.

1660 Sports Medicine 2 Grade Placement . . . . . 10-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Application and Athletic Trainer Approval

This course is an upper level course that builds on the information learned in Sports Medicine 1. The objective of this class is to complete the student’s exposure to the field of athletic training and its demands. Topics covered include the Anatomy and Physiology of the upper body and Rehabilitation Principles and Techniques to effected regions of the body. Current trends and concepts involving Sports Medicine will also be covered. Involvement in this course will require after school and weekend commitment.

81

FINE ARTS

(Advanced placement in Visual Arts and Theatre Arts courses requires demonstrated mastery of essential elements of prerequisite courses and exceptional talent.)

VISUAL ART

3100 Art 1 Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . None

Art 1 is a foundation course for study in the visual arts. Students will examine both natural and man-made objects, explore art elements (line, value, texture, color, form and space), and apply art principles (unity, emphasis, balance, variety, movement, and proportion) in designing, developing, and creating original artworks (drawing, painting, printmaking and sculpture media). Students will study the artworks of contemporary and past artists and that of fellow students to enhance their appreciation of art culture and heritage and to develop visual discrimination and evaluative skills in applying aesthetic judgments. Students are responsible for the costs of materials used in products they take home. Only one unit of credit is available at the Art 1 level. Up to two units of credit are available at the Art 2 level. Selections may be made from the following courses. 3104 Art 2 – Drawing Grade Placement . . . . . 10-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Successful completion of Art 1 and Portfolio Review if Art 1 was taken at the middle school level

The emphasis of this course is on building the perceptual, aesthetic, and technical skills required in drawing using wet and dry techniques. Students will also study art culture and heritage in order to develop appreciation, discrimination, and evaluative skills in applying aesthetic judgments. Students are responsible for the costs of materials used in products they take home. 3105 Art 2 – Painting Grade Placement . . . . . 10-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Successful completion of Art 1 and Portfolio Review if Art 1 was taken at the middle school level

The emphasis of this course is on the continuous building of the elements and principals of design and on the perceptual, aesthetic, and technical skills required in painting with opaque and transparent media. Students will also study art culture and heritage in order to develop appreciation, discrimination, and evaluative skills in applying aesthetic judgments. Students are responsible for the costs of materials used in products they take home.

82

3106 Art 2 – Photography Grade Placement . . . . . 10-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Successful completion of Art 1 and Portfolio Review if Art 1 was taken at the middle school level

The emphasis of this course is on black and white 35 mm photography. Students work with the elements and principles of art as they explore the aesthetic and technical aspects of photography. Students will study contemporary and past photographs and that of fellow students to develop an appreciation for the medium as a fine art, will make visual discriminations, and will make aesthetic judgments. In photography, students are responsible for the costs of materials used in projects they take home and must supply their own non-automatic, 35mm camera, film, and supplies. 3107 Art 2 – Ceramics Grade Placement . . . . . 10-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Successful completion of Art 1 and Portfolio Review if Art 1 was taken at the middle school level

In this course students continue the examination of both natural and man made objects and pursue in more depth the elements and principles of design and the creation of original artworks using a variety of ceramic media. Development of the appreciation of art culture and heritage and the development of visual discrimination and evaluative skills in making aesthetic judgments are also emphasized. Students are responsible for the costs of materials used in products they take home. 3108 Art 2 - Sculpture Grade Placement . . . . . 10-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Successful completion of Art 1 and Portfolio Review if Art 1 was taken at the middle school level

The emphasis of this course is on building the perceptual, aesthetic, and technical skills required in sculpture. Three-dimensional activities will involve the use of different sculptural media and may include ceramics, metal, paper, plaster, and wire. Students will work with the elements and principles of art to expand art knowledge and application skills, appreciation of art culture and heritage. Students are responsible for the costs of materials used in products they take home.

83

Art 3 Level Courses Grade Placement . . . . . 10-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Successful completion of a Parallel Art 2 Course

Up to three units of credit from varied combinations of courses listed below are available at the Art 3 level. All courses emphasize the conceptual and technical skills required by the media specified in the course title. Art culture and heritage, the development of aesthetic judgment, and aesthetic appreciation are also stressed. Students are responsible for the costs of materials used in products they take home.

Art 3 - Drawing (1 Unit) (3110) Art 3 - Fibers (1 Unit) (3112) Art 3 - Painting (1 Unit) (3111) Art 3 - Ceramics (1 Unit) (3113)

*Art 3 - Photography (1 Unit) (3116) Art 3 - Sculpture (1 Unit) (3114) Art 3 - Jewelry (1 Unit) (3115)

*In photography, students must supply their own non-automatic, 35mm camera, film, and supplies. Art 4 Level Courses Grade Placement . . . . . 11-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Successful completion of a Parallel Art 3 Course

Up to three units of credit from varied combinations of courses listed below are available at the Art IV level. These are advanced courses with emphasis on the understanding and application of visual arts design elements and principles, technical skills, art cultural heritage, and the critical evaluation of art work. Career exploration and portfolio development are components of all courses. Students are responsible for the costs of materials used in products they take home.

Art 4 - Drawing (1 Unit) (3121) Art 4 - Fibers (1 Unit) (3123) Art 4 - Painting (1 Unit) (3122) Art 4 - Ceramics (1 Unit) (3124) *Art 4 - Photography (1 Unit) (3127) Art 4 - Sculpture (1 Unit) (3125) Art 4 - Jewelry (1 Unit) (3126)

*In photography, students must supply their own non-automatic, 35mm camera, film, and supplies.

3132 Art 4 Advanced Placement Two-Dimensional Design Portfolio Grade Placement . . . . . 11-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Successful completion of any Art 3 Course and Portfolio

Review The Art 4 Advanced Placement Two-Dimensional Design Portfolio course enables highly motivated students to do college-level work in studio art while still in high school. The course involves significantly more time and commitment than most high school art courses and is intended for students seriously committed to studying art. The evaluation for college credit of students enrolled in the Art 4 AP course is not based on a written examination.

84

Two-Dimensional Design Portfolio: This portfolio is intended to address a very broad interpretation of two-dimensional design issues. This type of design involves purposeful decision-making about how to use the elements and principles of art in an integrative way. For this portfolio, students are asked to demonstrate proficiency in two-dimensional design using a variety of art forms. These could include, but are not limited to, graphic design, digital imaging, photography, collage, fabric design, illustration, painting, and print making. Candidates send a portfolio of work to Princeton, New Jersey for evaluation by a group of artists and teachers selected by The College Board

3134 Art 4 Advanced Placement Three-Dimensional Design Portfolio

. The portfolio is submitted as both original pieces and as 35 mm slides of selected pieces that represent the students' best works and a written statement defining the students' focus of concentration. Students are responsible for the cost of materials used in products they take home and for preparing artwork included in the portfolio as well the AP examination fee.

Grade Placement . . . . . 11-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Successful completion of any Art 3 Course and Portfolio

Review The Art 4 Advanced Placement Three-Dimensional Portfolio course enables highly motivated students to do college-level work in studio art while still in high school. The course involves significantly more time and commitment than most high school art courses and is intended for students seriously committed to the study of art. The evaluation for college credit of students enrolled in the Art IV AP course is not based on a written examination. Three-Dimensional Design Portfolio: This portfolio is intended to address a broad interpretation of sculptural issues in depth and space. Such elements and concepts can be articulated through additive, subtractive, and/or fabrication processes. A variety of approaches might include jewelry, traditional sculpture, architectural models, apparel, ceramics, fiber arts, or metal works. Candidates send a portfolio of work to Princeton, New Jersey for evaluation by a group of artists and teachers selected by the College Board

3131

. The Three-Dimensional Portfolio is submitted in digital format via The College Board website. Selected pieces should represent the students’ best works and must be accompanied with a written statement defining the students’ focus of concentration. Students are responsible for the cost of materials used in products they take home as well as the AP examination fee.

Art 4 Advanced Placement Drawing Portfolio Grade Placement . . . . . 11-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit

85

Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Successful completion of any Art 3 Course and Portfolio

Review The Art 4 Advanced Placement Drawing Portfolio course enables highly motivated students to do college-level work in drawing while still in high school. The course involves significantly more time and commitment than most high school art courses and is intended for students seriously committed to the study of art. As in each Art 4 AP course, the evaluation is not based on a written examination. The Drawing Portfolio course is designed to address a very broad interpretation of drawing issues. For example painting, printmaking, abstract, and observational works could be included in a drawing portfolio. The drawing portfolio allows for a more specific course of study that readily parallels specialized drawing curriculums and programs in college and university art departments as well as in art schools. Works presented in the portfolio may have been produced in art classes or on the students own time and may cover a period longer than a single school year. Work presented in any AP portfolio may not be included in other AP portfolios.

Candidates send a portfolio of work to Princeton, New Jersey for evaluation by a group of artists and teachers selected by the College Board

ART ADVANCED PLACEMENT CHART

. The Drawing Portfolio is submitted as both original pieces and in digital format via the College Board website. Selected pieces should represent the students’ best works and portfolios must be accompanied with a written statement defining the students’ focus of concentration. Students are responsible for the cost of materials used in products they take home and for preparing artwork included in the portfolio as well as the AP examination fee.

AP PORTFOLIOS

SECTION I: Quality SECTION II: Concentration SECTION III: Breadth

ART 4 AP DRAWING PORTFOLIO

ART 4 AP TWO-DIMENTIONAL DESIGN PORTFOLIO

ART 4 AP THREE-DIMENTIONAL DESIGN PORTFOLIO

Five actual drawings; maximum size is 18” x 24”

Five actual works; maximum size is 18” x 24”

Five works; two images of each one submitted

12 digital images; some may be details

12 digital images; some may be details

12 digital images; some may be second views

12 works; one digital image of each is submitted

12 works; one digital image of each is submitted

Eight works; two digital images of each are submitted

3466, 3467 IB Art/Design SL/HL Grade Placement . . . . . 11 and 12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . One Year of Art grade 9 or 10

86

The IB Art/Design course is designed to give the students an opportunity to develop and present a personal visual art statement contained in a portfolio and research workbook. They will be expected to incorporate acquired skills, a variety of media and methods, critical thinking, increased awareness of both immediate and global environment, imagination and creativity. Art History, criticism and aesthetics will be an integral part of the curriculum. The Art/Design program will provide opportunities for development of a portfolio and research workbook, which demonstrate an understanding of technical skills, creativity, visual awareness, studio production, and pursuit of quality.

IB Art/Design Program will provide the student the opportunity to complete the Standard Level or to begin the Higher Level course at the junior level. IB candidates who choose the Standard Level will select from Option A (70% Studio Work and 30% Research Workbooks) or Option B (70% Research Workbooks and 30% Studio Work). The Standard Level may be completed as a junior or senior. Senior students working for the Higher Level Options (70% Studio Work and 30% Research Workbooks) will begin work on the Higher Level as a junior, but must complete another two semesters during their senior year to satisfy necessary hours. Students are responsible for the cost of materials used in products they take home. 3136 Art History Advanced Placement Grade Placement . . . . . 11-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Teacher Approval

Students will develop an understanding and knowledge of architecture, sculpture, painting, and other art forms within diverse historical and cultural contexts. The elements of art, fundamental art historical terminology, and the technical process used in the production of artwork will also be studied. This course will prepare students for the College Board Advanced Placement Art History examination.

9053CT Formerly Floral Design and Advanced Floral Design Principles and Elements of Floral Design

CTE Courses for Fine Arts Credit

Grade Placement . . . . . 10-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . None This course will satisfy the F ine Arts graduation requirement

A course designed to develop and examine floral design in relation to arrangement of flowers, foliage, and related plant materials for interior locations. Also incorporates business practices and careers in the floral industry. Students will be responsible for purchasing materials or assessed a fee associated with this course. Advanced Technical Credit is available through community colleges in Texas.

87

THEATRE ARTS

P-3299, T-3300 Theatre Arts 1 Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . None

Theatre Arts 1 is a foundation course which provides a general introduction and exposure to all facets of theatre arts. This course promotes attendance at live theatrical events and sophisticated analysis/evaluation of theatrical experiences. Two sections are offered. Students may choose section (T) for an emphasis on technical theatre or section (P) for an emphasis on performance. Both sections emphasize the Texas Essential Knowledge and Skills for Theatre Arts Level l. Section (P) - The course curriculum focuses on the expressive use of the body and voice, acting concepts/skills, theatre production concepts/skills, and aesthetic growth through appreciation of theatrical events. Specific units of study include the following: relaxation and preparatory techniques, pantomime, stage movement, voice and diction, improvisation, dramatic structure, analysis/interpretation of scripts and characters, interdependence of all theatrical elements, technical theatre, appreciation of theatre, audience etiquette, and the analysis/evaluation of theatrical experiences. Section (T)

3302 Theatre Arts 2

- The course curriculum includes the following: development of stage craft skills; practice with theatre safety techniques; exploration of scenery, properties, lighting, costumes, makeup, sound, and technical theatre research and design; exploration of public relations; and, the recognition of career opportunities in technical theatre.

Grade Placement . . . . . 10-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Successful Completion of Theatre Arts 1 (P)

Theatre Arts 2 focuses on the practical application of acting and theatre concepts and skills introduced in the Theatre Arts 1 survey course. Additionally, the course curriculum shall include the following: utilization of advanced characterization, exploration of classical and contemporary production styles, investigation and recognition of theatre career opportunities, exploration of specialized theatrical styles, development of directing and playwriting techniques, attendance at live theatrical experiences, and analysis and evaluation of theatrical experiences. 3303 Theatre Arts 3 Grade Placement . . . . . 11-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Successful Completions of Theatre Arts 2

Theatre Arts 3 further develops and refines those acting and theatre concepts and skills outlined in the Theatre Arts 2 course curriculum. This advanced course is designed for the

88

highly motivated theatre student who wishes to pursue the study of contemporary dramatic theory through individual study, group discussion, and focused research. Additionally, students will be responsible for the production of a theatre project.

3304 Theatre Arts 4 Grade Placement . . . . . 12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Successful Completion of Theatre Arts 3

Theatre Arts 4 is an advanced course that further develops and refines those acting and theatre concepts and skills outlined in the Theatre Arts course curricula. This course is designed for the highly motivated theatre student who is interested in pursuing historical perspectives of theatre literature and improving directing techniques through individual study, script analysis, and focused research.

TECHNICAL THEATRE

3305 Technical Theatre 1 Grade Placement . . . . . 10-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Successful Completion of Theatre Arts 1 (T)

Technical Theatre 1 further develops and refines those concepts and skills outlined in the Theatre Arts 1 (T) curriculum. This course is designed for the highly motivated technical theatre student who is interested in more sophisticated experiences and practical application of technical theatre elements. 3306 Technical Theatre 2 Grade Placement . . . . . 11-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Successful Completion of Technical Theatre 1

Technical Theatre 2 continues to refine those concepts and skills outlined in Technical Theatre 1. This course is designed for the self-motivated students interested in individual study of advanced design techniques and skills and the integration and implementation of those designs and skills.

89

THEATRE PRODUCTION

3307, 3308, 3309, 3310, S3311, 3312, 3313, 3314 Theatre Production 1, 2, 3, 4 Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2 - 4 Units Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Audition (acting) or

Theatre Production 1-4, scheduled during the school day, is a curricular laboratory for the exploration, development, and synthesis of all the elements of theatre. Practical hands-on experiences in acting and stagecraft are provided through the preparation and public performances of one or more plays. The production of a play supplements the theatre arts and technical theatre courses that concentrate on theories, information, and techniques by providing for the integration and implementation of those ideas and skills. Students meeting the entrance criteria may enroll in Theatre Production-D (major emphasis on Drama) or Theatre Production-S (major emphasis on stagecraft). Both options emphasize the essential elements for Theatre Production courses.

Technical Portfolio (or examination)

3462, 3463 IB Theatre Arts SL/HL

Grade Placement . . . . . 11 and 12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Successful Completion of One Year of Theatre Arts 1-P or

Theatre Production 1-D in grade 9 or 10 The IB Theatre Arts program is designed to give the students the opportunity to understand the significance of the art and to develop an appreciation of theatre by creating it and studying it. This program is designed to involve the whole student, body and mind. In addition, students will be provided an opportunity to explore the rich historical, societal, and cultural significance of theatre throughout the world. IB candidates have the option of completing the Standard Level program consisting of the following components: 25% Research Commission, 25% Practical Play Analysis, 25% Performance Skills and Theatre Production, 25% Portfolio. The Higher Level program consists of the following components: 25% Research Commission, 25% Practical Play Analysis, 25% Performance Skills and Theatre Production, 25% Portfolio and Individual Project.

MUSIC

Band 1-4 Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit per year Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Audition

The high school band is a musical organization for students of wind and percussion instruments. Klein offers multiple bands for students interested in instrumental music within the school day. Emphasis is placed on the development of cultural growth, critical listening, basic music theory, instrument technique, creative self-expression, mental and physical

90

discipline, citizenship through group endeavors and physical conditioning. During football season the various concert bands meet after school to make up the marching band which performs at all varsity football games and selected contests. During concert season section rehearsals are scheduled after school one day a week to prepare for concerts and contests. Attendance at all rehearsals and performances is required. Band placement is determined through auditions held in May, August, and at various times during the school year. Students must furnish their own marching shoes, personal instruments (flute, clarinet, alto saxophone, trumpet/cornet, trombone), and mouthpiece or drum-sticks/mallets. For concert attire, girls must furnish dress shoes. Boys must furnish tux shirt, bow tie, and cummerbund. Band membership is required for participation in the wind or percussion section of the orchestra.

3550 Fundamentals of Instrumental Music Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Audition

This is a band class offered for students needing a review of fundamentals before participating in a performing band. The emphasis is on building and developing skills necessary for membership in one of the four performing bands. P.E. credit is not awarded and this course may not be repeated.

Orchestra 1-4 Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit per year Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Audition

The high school orchestra is a musical organization for students of stringed instruments (violin, viola, cello, string bass and harp). All wind and percussion players who participate in full orchestra must be current active members of the band program. The full orchestra rehearses outside the regular school day. A variety of musical settings from small chamber ensembles to full symphonic orchestral playing are experienced by the students. Emphasis is placed upon cultural growth, basic music theory, instrument techniques, music reading, evaluation of musical performance quality, and creative self-expression. The orchestra participates in concerts, contests, festivals, and often combines with the choir or band for special programs. Section rehearsals are scheduled after school to prepare for concerts and contests. Attendance at all rehearsals and performances is required. The district will furnish large string instruments for school use. Students must furnish violins and violas and the large instruments for personal use. Boys must furnish performance attire including a tux shirt and black shoes. String bass players must be registered for orchestra to play in the band.

Choral Music 1-4 Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit per year Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Audition

The high school choir is a musical organization for students of voice. It is an essential part of a balanced music curriculum and consists of vocal experiences in boys choir, girls choir, and mixed choir. Emphasis is placed on the development of proper vocal techniques, the study of choral techniques, basic music theory, sight-singing, music history and literature, creative

91

self-expression, and vocal performance. Section rehearsals are scheduled after school to prepare for concerts and contests. Attendance at all rehearsals and performances is required. Choir placement is determined through auditions held in May, August, and at various times during the school year. Boys must furnish a tux shirt and black shoes. 3650, 3651, 3652, 3653 Vocal Ensemble 1, 2, 3, 4 Grade: Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit per year Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Audition

The high school vocal ensemble is a musical organization for students of voice. It is a complementing course to the parent choral organization. Emphasis is placed on the expansion of singing experiences in a small vocal group, an opportunity to study a variety of styles and historical styles, and the study of ensemble techniques. Opportunities will be provided to perform ensemble music in class and in public. Section rehearsals are scheduled after school to prepare for concerts and contests. Attendance at all rehearsals and performances is required. Students must furnish all concert attire if different from the parent choral organization.

3546, 3547, 3548, 3549 Jazz Band 1, 2, 3, 4 Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit per year Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Audition and approval by Director

The high school jazz ensemble is a musical organization for students of wind, percussion and string instruments. Emphasis is on the development of cultural growth, critical listening, basic music theory, and instructional technique, creative self-expression through jazz improvisation, mental and physical discipline and citizenship through group endeavors. Students must furnish personal instruments, (alto saxophone, trumpet, trombone, guitar) and mouthpiece or drumsticks/mallets. Membership in a large ensemble (band, choir, and orchestra) is required for participation in jazz ensemble. Attendance at all rehearsals and performances is required. Students must furnish concert attire if different from the parent music ensemble. Jazz ensemble may not be offered every semester at every campus. 3810, 3811 Applied Music 1, 2 (Individual Study) Grade Placement . . . . . 11-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit per year Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Meet District Guidelines

Enrollment in Applied Music is open to qualifying students who wish to pursue independent study in music performance. Emphasis is placed on private study, study of solo literature, study of technical literature, and a performance examination. Concurrent Enrollment in Band, Orchestra, or Choir is required. Near the end of each semester, each student is required to prepare and publicly perform the following for an appointed board of examiners. (1) two selections from the Approved Music List for Applied Music by memory, and, (2) technical

92

studies and scales indicative of appropriate advancing technical preparation commensurate with the memorized musical selections performed. Additional information may be obtained from the high school music department chairperson. 3821 Music Theory, Advanced Placement Grade Placement . . . . . 11-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit per year Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Teacher Approval

Music theory is a technical course stressing the basic components of music. Emphasis is placed on basic pitch and rhythmic notation, scale structures, pitch intervals, chord structure and movement, part writing, ear training, harmonization, and music composition. Music theory is open to advanced music students who are members of a high school performing music organization or who are competent with a keyboard instrument. Upon completion of the course, students will be prepared to take an examination that gives them the opportunity to demonstrate their mastery of the skills and abilities developed in the course. The Advanced Placement (AP) program is a cooperative effort with the College Board. Upon successful completion of the examination, participating colleges may grant credit and appropriate placement.

3460, 3461 IB Music SL/HL Grade Placement . . . . . 11 and 12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . One Year of Band, Choir, Orchestra, or comparable private

music instruction in grade 9 or 10 The IB Music program is designed to offer students an opportunity to develop skills of analysis through exposure to a broad range of music styles, with emphasis on western art (classical) music. Students also explore traditional and popular music, culminating in a study of music of two diverse cultures. IB Music provides an opportunity for students to broaden their musical knowledge in preparation for career in music performance, composition, or pedagogy. The Standard Level can be completed as a junior or senior. Higher Level studies are recommended for students considering a music career and require a minimum of three semesters. SL level students are required to complete either a performance or composition unit to satisfy the program requirement. HL students must both perform as a soloist and complete a composition component.

DANCE 3900

Dance 1 “Introduction to Dance” Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . None

The students are introduced to the fundamental skills of all disciplines of dance. Creative expression and interpretation through movement are explored. Dance is a Fine Arts elective. A student may not earn state-approved credit for both Dance 1 and Dance 1 (Drill Team). Students are required to furnish dancewear and shoes. A course fee is required.

93

1840 Dance 1 “Drill Team Training” Grade Placement . . . . . 9-11 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . None

The students are introduced to the fundamental skills of all disciplines of dance. Creative expression and interpretation through movement are explored. The Dance 1 Drill Team training course provides an emphasis on skills needed in order to try out for Drill Team. Dance is a Fine Arts elective. A student may not earn state-approved credit for both Dance 1 and Dance 1 (Drill Team). Students are required to furnish dancewear and shoes. A course fee is required. 3901 Dance 2 – “Exploring Dance” Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Dance 1

The students are introduced to the intermediate techniques of all disciplines of dance. Creative expression and interpretation through movement are explored. Dance 2 is a Fine Arts elective. A student may not earn state-approved credit for both Dance 2 and Dance 2 (Drill Team). Students are required to furnish dancewear and shoes. A course fee is required 3902 Dance 3 - “Intermediate Dance” Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Dance 2

The students continue with intermediate techniques of all disciplines of dance. Creative expression and interpretation through movement are explored. Dance 3 is a Fine Arts elective. A student may not earn state-approved credit for both Dance 3 and Dance 3 (Drill Team). Students are required to furnish dancewear and shoes. A course fee is required. 3903 Dance 4 - “Advanced Dance” Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Dance 3

The students continue with more advanced technique in all disciplines of dance. Creative expression and interpretation through movement are explored. Dance is a Fine Arts elective. A student may not earn state-approved credit for both Dance 4 and Dance 4 (Drill Team). Dance 4 receives advanced credit. Students are required to furnish dancewear and shoes. A course fee is required.

94

Dance 1 - 4 – “Drill Team” Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit (Maximum of 4 units) Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Audition

This is a precision dance group. They perform at all football half-time shows and various other special events such as basketball half-times and parades. They compete at drill team contests in the spring. Extra curricular is an important component connected to this course. There is also emphasis on community service involvement. Two years of participation in the after school Drill Team activity will satisfy the P.E. requirement for graduation. Dance (Drill Team) is a Fine Arts elective and Dance 4 receives advanced grade points. A student may not earn state-approved credit for both Dance 1 – 4 and the corresponding Dance (Drill Team) 1 – 4. Students are required to furnish dancewear and shoes. A course fee is required.

95

ELECTIVES 9978, 9979 Peer Assistance and Leadership for Future Teachers Grade Placement . . . . . 11-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Sponsor Selection upon Teacher Recommendation

This course is designed to encourage students with an interest in leadership for the teaching profession as a possible career for the future. It will provide field experience under the direction of a certified classroom teacher for participating students to help peers achieve academic success. Participants will be trained in a variety of helping skills which will enable them to assist other students in having a more positive and productive school experience. Positive peer influence will be an important component of this assisted-tutorial program. 9986 Student Leadership Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Sponsor Approval

Student Leadership is a course designed to provide an opportunity for students to study, practice, and develop group and individual leadership and organizational skills. This is the first year course for students who want to be in student council. 9987 Student Leadership Grade Placement . . . . . 10-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 3 Units (Local Credit) Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Sponsor Approval

Student Leadership is a course designed to provide an opportunity for students to study, practice, and develop group and individual leadership and organizational skills. This course is a continuation of the state leadership course and it gives students the opportunity to be in student council. This is a local credit course and does not count as a state graduation credit. 9985 BEST (Bridging the Educational Scene for Teachers of Tomorrow) Grade Placement . . . . . 12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Sponsor Selection upon Teacher Recommendation

This course is designed to provide exposure to the teaching profession for seniors who have shown an interest in pursuing careers in education. The course offers field-based experiences with advanced pre-teaching concepts on the following: education as a profession, effective instructional strategies, equity and excellence for all learners, classroom organization and management. Successful completion of PAL is an indicator of success in BEST.

96

9980 Preparation for College Admission Grade Placement . . . . . 11-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2 Unit (Local Credit) Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Completion or Concurrent Enrollment in English 3, Algebra 2,

andPreparation for College Admission is designed for students who are preparing to take or retake the SAT or ACT standardized college entrance examinations. The curriculum focuses on the following: mechanics of test taking as they relate to standardized tests; critical and analytical thinking strategies employed in SAT/ACT test taking; review of general math and verbal concepts that are tested on the SAT/ACT; diagnostic analysis of skills and prescriptive individual study plans for SAT/ACT test preparation; and, standardized test simulation through computer software test preparation programs. Emphasis is on individualized computer-assisted practice sessions based on specific student need. Students are required to spend approximately $12-$15 for test preparation materials that become the property of the student.

Geometry (Counselor Approval)

9901, 9902 AVID (Advancement Via Individual Determination) Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . District Selection Process

AVID is an elective course for students that are enrolled in a college preparatory sequence (PreAP/AP). In the class students receive the scholastic and motivational support needed to succeed in advanced academics. Students are supported by an AVID trained teacher in all subject areas, are coached by college tutors, and work in collaborative groups using a curriculum focused on writing and inquiry. In addition, days are devoted to reading, writing, and math preparation and study skills, and college entrance and placement exams.

97

ACTIVITY COURSES Cheerleading 1-4 Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Per Year Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Tryouts

This is a course offered in the fall for students elected to be cheerleaders. Emphasis is placed on physical conditioning, refinement of motor skills, practice of cheers, leadership development and citizenship through group endeavors. During athletic seasons, cheerleaders practice after school and perform at varsity athletic games. Attendance at all rehearsals and performances is required. Cheerleading will substitute for P.E. only during fall semesters. Note

Color Guard 1-4

: Cheerleading is an approved P.E. substitute only during the fall semester; the second semester will be local credit only. Students are reminded that a maximum of 2 units for P.E., approved P.E. substitute, or P.E. waiver may count toward graduation. Once a student has earned these maximum P.E. units/P.E. substitute units/ P.E. waivers, the remaining Cheerleading units will be granted local credit.

Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2 - 2 Units Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Audition

The high school color guard is an auxiliary unit of the marching band consisting of flags and rifles. Emphasis is placed on physical conditioning, equipment handling and care, musical choreography and dance, creative self-expression through movement, the refinement of motor skills, and citizenship through group endeavors. During football season the color guard rehearses daily after school with the marching band and performs at all varsity football games and selected marching contests. Attendance at all rehearsals and performances is required. Students must furnish their performance uniform (hat excluded) and footwear. Note: Color Guard is an approved P.E. substitute during the fall semester. Students are reminded that a maximum of 2 units for P.E., approved P.E. substitute, or P.E. waiver may count toward graduation. Once a student has earned these maximum P.E. units / P.E. substitute units / P.E. waivers, the Color Guard units will be granted local credit.

INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS ACADEMY at

Klein Forest High School

The I nternational B usiness Academy a t K lein F orest is a four-year pr ogram t hat incorporates the high s chool c ore c urriculum w ith a dditional a cademic c ourses t hat e mphasize bus iness, f oreign language, and global c ulture. S tudents may choose f rom one o f t he f ollowing c oncentrations: Accounting/Finance or Marketing/Management. Students in the International B usiness A cademy (IBA) will ha ve oppo rtunities to participate i n enrichment act ivities an d community s ervice pr ojects, t o vi sit bu sinesses e ngaged i n i nternational commerce, and to interact with members of the community who work in the international business environment. Enrollment in the Academy is currently open to students who will be in the 9th or 10th grade who are highly motivated and interested in international business. S tudents who apply for entry into the IBA must be z oned t o Klein ISD. Entry i nto t he pr ogram is be ba sed on a n a pplication pr ocess begins in the spring semester prior to acceptance. Consideration for admission will is on interest in the program, grades, attendance, recommendations, good citizenship, and interviews.

International Business Academy

9166CTA Principles of Business, Marketing, and Finance -IBA

Grade Placement . . . . . 9-10 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Must be Accepted to the International Business Academy at

Klein Forest Students w ill pa rticipate i n a ctivities w hich f ocus on bus iness ow nership, business a nd pe rsonal finance, global e conomies, bus iness ope rations a nd a dvertising. This c ourse c overs i nformation related to understanding fundamental concepts in conducting business in a global environment. The course a llows s tudents to be i nvolved w ith a va riety of a ctivities s uch a s r unning a bus iness, evaluating leadership s tyles, problem solving, business setting, marketing, and f inance. Instruction will include the impact of cultures, customs, traditions, politics, travel, employment and marketing strategies in conducting business in a global market. Advanced Technical Credit and Tech Prep college credit are available through community colleges in Texas.

9168CTA Formerly International Business - IBA Global Business - IBA

Grade Placement . . . . . 11-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Must be Accepted to the International Business Academy at

Klein Forest This course provides students with an understanding of cultural diversity, the global economy, and the in ternational bus iness e nvironment. T he c ontent a nd a ctivities of t he c ourse a llow s tudents t o develop the knowledge, skills, and abilities needed to work in a global marketplace. S tudents will also have opportunities to work collaboratively and give presentations based on research gathered on international business projects 9169CTA Formerly International Business - IBA Global Business (Year) - IBA

Grade Placement . . . . . 10 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Must be Accepted to the International Business Academy at

Klein Forest This course provides students with an understanding of cultural diversity, the global economy, and the i nternational bus iness e nvironment. T he c ontent a nd a ctivities of t he c ourse a llow students t o develop the knowledge, skills, and abilities needed to work in a global marketplace. S tudents will also have opportunities to work collaboratively and give presentations based on research gathered on international bus iness pr ojects. Advanced Technical Credit and Tech Prep college credit are available through community colleges in Texas.

Marketing/Management Career Pathway

9181CTA *New Course* Human Resources Management-IBA

Grade Placement . . . . . 11-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Must be Accepted to the International Business Academy at

Klein Forest This c ourse i ntroduces the pr imary functions o f hum an resources m anagement, w hich i nclude recruitment, selection, training, safety, wellness, de velopment, a nd compensation of pe ople w ho work in an organization. Topics covered will include social responsibility of business and industry, employment laws, current trends and managerial practices.

9595CTA *New Course* Advertising and Sales Promotion - IBA

Grade Placement . . . . . 11-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Must be Accepted to the International Business Academy at

Klein Forest This c ourse i s de signed t o be a c omprehensive i ntroduction to a dvertising. Students w ill learn techniques used in current advertising, i ncluding pr int, broadcast, and digital media. S tudents will explore s ocial, e thical, and l egal i ssues a dvertising, hi storical i nfluences, s trategies, a nd m edia decision process. The course provides an overview of how communication tools can be used to reach target audiences and why we buy what we buy. 9594CTA Entrepreneurship - IBA

Grade Placement . . . . . 11-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Must be Accepted to the International Business Academy at

Klein Forest Students will gain the knowledge and skills needed to become an entrepreneur. A primary focus of the course is to help students understand the process of analyzing a business opportunity, preparing a business plan, determining feasibility of an idea using research, and developing a plan to organize and pr omote t he bus iness a nd i ts pr oducts a nd services. Advanced Technical Credit and Tech Prep college credit are available through community colleges in Texas.

Accounting/Finance Career Pathway

9162CTA Accounting I - IBA

Grade Placement . . . . . 11-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Must be Accepted to the International Business Academy at

Klein Forest This c ourse i ntroduces general accounting concepts, pr inciples a nd pr ocedures w hile emphasizing the ne ed f or f inancial r ecords. The s tudent pe rforms accounting functions f or s ervice and merchandising bus inesses, completes ac count pa yable a nd r eceivable f unctions, d etermines inventory value, calculates and records payroll and associated taxes, verifies cash flow and analyzes financial data. Students will explore accounting career options and discuss current events involving accounting pr actices. Calculators ar e us ed and exposure t o c omputerized a ccounting i s pr ovided. Students will be responsible for purchasing materials or assessed a fee associated with this course. Advanced Technical Credit and Tech Prep college credit are available through community colleges in Texas.

9164CTA Accounting II-IBA

Grade Placement . . . . . 12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . Accounting I-IBA and Must be Accepted to the International

Business Academy at Klein Forest Students c ontinue t he i nvestigation of t he field of a ccounting, i ncluding ho w i t i s i mpacted b y industry s tandards as w ell a s e conomics, financial, technological, international, social, legal a nd ethical f actors. This c ourse i ncorporates t he co mplete a ccounting cycle i n r elationship t o partnerships a nd corporations, a s w ell a s c ost a ccounting. S tudents us e computerized a ccounting techniques a nd a vailable s oftware. E xperience is pr ovided t hrough s imulation b y i nitiating and maintaining an accounting system. Students will be responsible for purchasing materials or assessed a fee associated with this course. Students will receive advanced grade points for this course.

9132CTA Formerly Banking and Financial Systems Banking and Financial Services - IBA

Grade Placement . . . . . 11-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Must be Accepted to the International Business Academy at

Klein Forest This c ourse introduces b anking a nd f inancial c oncepts, pr inciples a nd pr ocedures; e mphasizes the banking in the modern economy; recognizes the economic theories and financial forces that influence international business; and compares consumer financial transactions with government transactions. Students w ill ha ve oppor tunities to pa rticipate in simulated or a ctual da y-to-day banking activities.

Career Pathways Suggested Electives

9182CTA *New Course* Virtual Business - IBA

Grade Placement . . . . . 10-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Touch System Data Entry and Must be Accepted to the

International Business Academy at Klein Forest Past Prereq . . . . . . . . . Keyboarding and Must be Accepted to the International

Business Academy at Klein Forest Students i ncorporate a broad ba se of know ledge t hat i ncludes t he l egal, m anagerial, m arketing, financial, ethical, and international dimensions of business to make appropriate business decisions. Students w ill be a ble t o i dentify s teps ne eded t o l ocate c ustomers, s et f ees, a nd develop client contracts. S tudent w ill be a ble t o pr ovide administrative, c reative, and t echnical s ervices us ing advanced technological modes of communication and data delivery. The student builds a functional website t hat i ncorporates t he es sentials of a virtual bus iness. Students w ill be r esponsible f or purchasing materials or assessed a fee associated with this course.

Formerly BCIS II (Work-Based Career Preparation) and Business Education Career Preparation II

I (2hr – 9178CT) (3hr – 9176CT) II (2hr – 9179CT) (3hr – 9177CT)

Business Education Career Preparation I, II

Grade Placement . . . . . 11-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3 Units Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Business Information Management I (BIM I) or Desktop

Publishing, (16 years of age) and Past Prereq . . . . . . . . . Business Computer Information Systems I (BCIS I) or Desktop

Publishing, (16 years of age)

Approval Process

andThis course provides an opportunity for students to obtain high school training through work-based paid e xperiences. T he s tudent a ttends one c lass pe riod of i nstruction a nd r eports t o a n a pproved training s ite for a minimum of 10-15 hours per week. Advanced conc epts and technical skills i n business management and enable the s tudent to function successfully in the workplace. E mphasis includes technical skills, effective oral and written communication, planning and organizing work, establishing priorities, records and information management, and operation of equipment. S tudents provide their own transportation to their training stations. Students will be responsible for purchasing materials or assessed a fee associated with this course.

Approval Process

9596CT-3 hr; 9597CT-2 hr Formerly Marketing Dynamics Career Preparation I Marketing Dynamics (Career Preparation)

Grade Placement . . . . . 11-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3 Units Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . 16 years of age and

Students g ain know ledge a nd s kills t o he lp t hem be pr oficient i n one or m ore of t he m arketing functional areas associated with distribution, financing, marketing information management, pricing, product pl anning, p romotion, pur chasing, risk management and selling skills. Students w ill s eek employment i n m arketing oc cupational a reas r elated t o a pparel a nd a ccessories, ba nking, f ood marketing, a utomotive r etailing, general m erchandising, retailing, pr omotion, international marketing, travel a nd tour ism, wholesaling/warehousing, and pe rsonal s ervices m arketing. Classroom activities will correlate with work-based experiences. Students are responsible for their own t ransportation to their t raining s tations. Advanced Technical Credit and Tech Prep college credit are available through community colleges in Texas.

Approval Process

Revised October 2010

International Business Academy at Klein Forest High School 9th & 10th Grade Students Only

IBA Gold Plan 2011-2012 Accounting/Finance Career Pathway This plan has been developed for a student who has not obtained any credits in intermediate school. Students with credits earned in intermediate school will have additional elective or additional core courses available in the pathway. Students who plan on participating in Fine Arts, Athletics, or other extra-curricular or co-curricular programs while in the IBA may need to obtain credits by attending summer school or through a virtual (online) course.

High School 9th 10th 11th 12th

English (4 credits) English I or Pre-AP English I

English II or Pre-AP English II

English III or AP English III

English IV or AP English IV or Dual Credit English IV

Social Studies (4 credits) World Geography or Pre-AP World Geography

World History or AP World History

US History or AP US History or Dual Credit US History

Government or AP Government or Dual Credit Government Economics or AP Economics or AP Microeconomics

Math (4 credits) Algebra I or Pre-AP Algebra I

Geometry or Pre-AP Geometry

Algebra II or Pre-AP Algebra II

Pre-Calculus or Pre-AP Calculus or 4th year of Approved Math

Science (4 credits) Biology or Pre-AP Biology

Chemistry or Pre-AP Chemistry

Physics or Pre-AP Physics 4th year of Approved Science

Physical Education (1 credit)

Physical Education or Equivalent (1)

Foreign Language (3 credits) Foreign Language I Foreign Language II Foreign Language III

Fine Arts (1 credit) Speech (0.5 credit) Fine Art Elective (1) Communication Applications

(0.5)

Required IBA Courses (5 or more credits)

Principles of Business, Marketing & Finance (1) Global Business (1)

Accounting I (1) Banking & Financial

Services (0.5)

Accounting II (1) Any 11th or 12th Gr Recommended

Bus/Mktg/Tech Elective (0.5) Recommended

Business/Marketing/ Technology Electives

Business Info Mgmt I (1) Money Matters (0.5)

Business Info Mgmt I (1) Insurance Operations (0.5) Money Matters (0.5)

Securities & Investments (0.5) Insurance Operations (0.5) Virtual Business (0.5) Business Info Mgmt I (1)

BE or ME Career Preparation (2-3) Digital & Interactive Media (1) Business Info Mgmt II (1) Internetworking Technologies I & II (2) 4th Year of a Foreign Language

Post-Secondary Associate’s Degree Accounting

Business Administration Business Marketing International Business

International Career Options:

Assistant Buyer/ Merchandiser Inside Sales Contact Product Representative

Bachelor’s Degree Accounting Mgmt Info Systems Management

Entrepreneurship Finance Marketing

International Career Options:

Financial Analyst Sales Manager

Account Representative Trade Analyst

Graduate Degree Accounting Business Administration International Business

International Trade Marketing Management

International Career Options: Sales or Marketing Director Account Executive

Outside Sales Person

*Students who enter the IBA program in grade 10 will need to have a minimum of 4.0 IBA credits to satisfy the Gold Plan.

Revised October 2010

International Business Academy at Klein Forest High School 9th & 10th Grade Students Only

IBA Green Plan 2011-2012 Accounting/Finance Career Pathway This plan has been developed for a student who has not obtained any credits in intermediate school. Students with credits earned in intermediate school will have additional elective or additional core courses available in the pathway. Students who plan on participating in Fine Arts, Athletics, or other extra-curricular or co-curricular programs while in the IBA may need to obtain credits by attending summer school or through a virtual (online) course.

High School 9th 10th 11th 12th

English (4 credits) English I or Pre-AP English I

English II or Pre-AP English II

English III or AP English III

English IV or AP English IV or Dual Credit English IV

Social Studies (4 credits) World Geography or Pre-AP World Geography

World History or AP World History

US History or AP US History or Dual Credit US History

Government or AP Government or Dual Credit Government Economics or AP Economics or AP Microeconomics

Math (4 credits) Algebra I or Pre-AP Algebra I

Geometry or Pre-AP Geometry

Algebra II or Pre-AP Algebra II

Pre-Calculus or Pre-AP Calculus or 4th year of Approved Math

Science (4 credits) Biology or Pre-AP Biology

Chemistry or Pre-AP Chemistry

Physics or Pre-AP Physics 4th year of Approved Science

Physical Education (1 credit)

Physical Education or Equivalent (1)

Foreign Language (2 credits) Foreign Language I Foreign Language II

Fine Arts (1 credit) Speech (0.5 credit) Fine Art Elective (1) Communication Applications (0.5)

Required IBA Courses (4 credits)

Principles of Business, Marketing & Finance (1) Global Business (1) Accounting I (1) Accounting II (1)

Recommended Business/Marketing/ Technology Electives

Business Info Mgmt I (1) Money Matters (0.5)

Business Info Mgmt I (1) Insurance Operations (0.5) Money Matters (0.5)

Securities & Investments (0.5) Insurance Operations (0.5) Virtual Business (0.5) Business Info Mgmt I (1) Banking & Financial Services (0.5)

BE or ME Career Preparation (2-3) Digital & Interactive Media (1) Business Info Mgmt II (1) Internetworking Technologies I & II (2)

Post-Secondary Associate’s Degree Accounting

Business Administration Business Marketing International Business

International Career Options:

Assistant Buyer/ Merchandiser Inside Sales Contact Product Representative

Bachelor’s Degree Accounting Mgmt Info Systems Management

Entrepreneurship Finance Marketing

International Career Options:

Financial Analyst Sales Manager

Account Representative Trade Analyst

Graduate Degree Accounting Business Administration International Business

International Trade Marketing Management

International Career Options: Sales or Marketing Director Account Executive

Outside Sales Person

* Students who enter the IBA program in grade 10 will need to have a minimum of 3.0 IBA credits to satisfy the Green Plan.

Revised October 2010

International Business Academy at Klein Forest High School 9th & 10th Grade Students Only

IBA Gold Plan 2011-2012 Marketing/Management Career Pathway This plan has been developed for a student who has not obtained any credits in intermediate school. Students with credits earned in intermediate school will have additional elective or additional core courses available in the pathway. Students who plan on participating in Fine Arts, Athletics, or other extra-curricular or co-curricular programs while in the IBA may need to obtain credits by attending summer school or through a virtual (online) course.

High School 9th 10th 11th 12th

English (4 credits) English I or Pre-AP English I

English II or Pre-AP English II

English III or AP English III

English IV or AP English IV or Dual Credit English IV

Social Studies (4 credits) World Geography or Pre-AP World Geography

World History or AP World History

US History or AP US History or Dual Credit US History

Government or AP Government or Dual Credit Government Economics or AP Economics or AP Microeconomics

Math (4 credits) Algebra I or Pre-AP Algebra I

Geometry or Pre-AP Geometry

Algebra II or Pre-AP Algebra II

Pre-Calculus or Pre-AP Calculus or 4th year of Approved Math

Science (4 credits) Biology or Pre-AP Biology

Chemistry or Pre-AP Chemistry

Physics or Pre-AP Physics 4th year of Approved Science

Physical Education (1 credit)

Physical Education or Equivalent (1)

Foreign Language (3 credits) Foreign Language I Foreign Language II Foreign Language III

Fine Arts (1 credit) Speech (0.5 credit) Fine Art Elective (1) Communication Applications

(0.5)

Required IBA Courses (5 or more credits)

Principles of Business, Marketing & Finance (1) Global Business (1) Entrepreneurship (1)

Human Resource Mgmt (0.5)

Advertising (0.5) Virtual Business (0.5) Any 11th or 12th Gr Recommended

Bus/Mktg/Tech Elective (0.5) Recommended

Business/Marketing/ Technology Electives

Business Info Mgmt I (1) Retailing/E-Tailing (0.5) Money Matters (0.5)

Business Info Mgmt I (1) Money Matters (0.5) Retailing/E-Tailing (0.5)

Fashion Marketing (0.5) Sports & Entertmt Mktg (0.5) Business Info Mgmt I (1)

BE or ME Career Preparation (2-3) Digital & Interactive Media (1) Business Info Mgmt II (1) Internetworking Technologies I & II (2) 4th Year of a Foreign Language

Post-Secondary Associate’s Degree Accounting

Business Administration Business Marketing International Business

International Career Options:

Assistant Buyer/ Merchandiser

Product Representative Inside Sales Contact

Bachelor’s Degree Accounting Mgmt Info Systems Management

Entrepreneurship Finance Marketing

International Career Options:

Financial Analyst Sales Manager

Trade Analyst Account Representative

Graduate Degree Accounting Business Administration International Business

International Trade Marketing Management

International Career Options:

Sales or Marketing Director

Account Executive Outside Sales Person

*Students who enter the IBA program in grade 10 will need to have a minimum of 4.0 IBA credits to satisfy the Gold Plan.

Revised October 2010

International Business Academy at Klein Forest High School 9th & 10th Grade Students Only

IBA Green Plan 2011-2012 Marketing/Management Career Pathway This plan has been developed for a student who has not obtained any credits in intermediate school. Students with credits earned in intermediate school will have additional elective or additional core courses available in the pathway. Students who plan on participating in Fine Arts, Athletics, or other extra-curricular or co-curricular programs while in the IBA may need to obtain credits by attending summer school or through a virtual (online) course.

High School 9th 10th 11th 12th

English (4 credits) English I or Pre-AP English I

English II or Pre-AP English II

English III or AP English III

English IV or AP English IV or Dual Credit English IV

Social Studies (4 credits) World Geography or Pre-AP World Geography

World History or AP World History

US History or AP US History or Dual Credit US History

Government or AP Government or Dual Credit Government Economics or AP Economics or AP Microeconomics

Math (4 credits) Algebra I or Pre-AP Algebra I

Geometry or Pre-AP Geometry

Algebra II or Pre-AP Algebra II

Pre-Calculus or Pre-AP Calculus or 4th year of Approved Math

Science (4 credits) Biology or Pre-AP Biology

Chemistry or Pre-AP Chemistry

Physics or Pre-AP Physics 4th year of Approved Science

Physical Education (1 credit)

Physical Education or Equivalent (1)

Foreign Language (2 credits) Foreign Language I Foreign Language II

Fine Arts (1 credit) Speech (0.5 credit) Fine Art Elective (1) Communication Applications

(0.5)

Required IBA Courses (4 credits)

Principles of Business, Marketing & Finance (1) Global Business (1) Entrepreneurship (1) Advertising (0.5) and

Virtual Business (0.5) or HR Mgmt

Recommended Business/Marketing/ Technology Electives

Business Info Mgmt I (1) Retailing/E-Tailing (0.5) Money Matters (0.5)

Business Info Mgmt I (1) Money Matters (0.5) Retailing/E-Tailing (0.5)

Fashion Marketing (0.5) Sports & Entertmt Mktg (0.5) Business Info Mgmt I (1)

BE or ME Career Preparation (2-3) Digital & Interactive Media (1) Business Info Mgmt II (1) Internetworking Technologies I & II (2)

Post-Secondary Associate’s Degree Accounting

Business Administration Business Marketing International Business

International Career Options:

Assistant Buyer/ Merchandiser

Product Representative Inside Sales Contact

Bachelor’s Degree Accounting Mgmt Info Systems Management

Entrepreneurship Finance Marketing

International Career Options:

Financial Analyst Sales Manager

Trade Analyst Account Representative

Graduate Degree Accounting Business Administration International Business

International Trade Marketing Management

International Career Options:

Sales or Marketing Director

Account Executive Outside Sales Person

*Students who enter the IBA program in grade 10 will need to have a minimum of 3.0 IBA credits to satisfy the Green Plan.

AchieveTexas is the implementation of the U.S. Department of Education’s Career Clusters Initiative. A Career Cluster is a grouping of occupations and broad industries based on commonalities. The sixteen Career Clusters provide an organizing tool for schools, small learning communities, academies, and magnet schools. Programs of Study (POS) have been developed for each of the Career Clusters. The POS represent a recommended sequence of coursework based on a student’s interest or career goal. Additional information can be found at www.achievetexas.org or www.careerclusters.org.

The 16 Career Clusters

The production, processing, marketing, distribution, financing, and development of agricultural commodities and resources including food, fiber, wood products, natural resources, horticulture, and other plant and animal products/resources.

Careers in designing, planning, managing, building and maintaining the built environment.

Designing, producing, exhibiting, performing, writing, and publishing multimedia content including visual and performing arts and design, journalism, and entertainment services.

Business Management and Administration careers encompass planning, organizing, directing and evaluating business functions essential to efficient and productive business operations. Business Management and Administration career opportunities are available in every sector of the economy.

Planning, managing and providing education and training services, and related learning support services.

Planning, services for financial and investment planning, banking, insurance, and business financial management.

Executing governmental functions to include Governance; National Security; Foreign Service; Planning; Revenue and Taxation; Regulation; and Management and Administration at the local, state, and federal levels.

Planning, managing, and providing therapeutic services, diagnostic services, health informatics, support services, and biotechnology research and development.

Hospitality & Tourism encompasses the management, marketing and operations of restaurants and other foodservices, lodging, attractions, recreation events and travel related services.

Preparing individuals for employment in career pathways that relate to families and human needs.

Building Linkages in IT Occupations Framework: For Entry Level, Technical, and Professional Careers Related to the Design, Development, Support and Management of Hardware, Software, Multimedia, and Systems Integration Services.

Planning, managing, and providing legal, public safety, protective services and homeland security, including professional and technical support services.

Planning, managing and performing the processing of materials into intermediate or final products and related professional and technical support activities such as production planning and control, maintenance and manufacturing/process engineering.

Planning, managing, and performing marketing activities to reach organizational objectives.

Planning, managing, and providing scientific research and professional and technical services (e.g., physical science, social science, engineering) including laboratory and testing services, and research and development services.

Planning, management, and movement of people, materials, and goods by road, pipeline, air, rail and water and related professional and technical support services such as transportation infrastructure planning and management, logistics services, mobile equipment and facility maintenance.

It is the policy of Klein Independent School District not to discriminate on the basis of race, color, national origin, sex or handicap in its Career and Technical Education programs, services or activities.

The following programs of study are available within the Agriculture, Food and Natural Resources cluster.

• Agribusiness Systems • Animal Systems • Environmental Service Systems • Food Products and Processing Systems • Natural Resources Systems • Plant Systems • Power, Structural and Technical Systems

Enrollment in these courses will provide the student the opportunity to be involved in the FFA student organization which includes animal projects, leadership and career development event

travel teams, and scholarships.

All Systems

9040CT Formerly Introduction to World Ag and Applied Ag Science Principles of Agriculture, Food and Natural Resources

Grade Placement . . . . . 9-10 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2 - 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . None

A basic course designed to provide an introduction to all aspects in agriculture including agricultural career development, leadership, communications, personal finance, mechanized agriculture, soils, plants, animals, agricultural construction, food science, and supervised agricultural experience programs. I (2hr-9048CT) ( 3 hr-9042CT) II (2hr-9049CT) (3hr-9043CT) Agriculture, Food, and Natural Resources Career Preparation I, II

Grade Placement . . . . . 11-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I 2-3 Units; II 2-3 Units Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . 16 years of age and

A work-based learning course designed to provide training in specific agribusiness careers. Classroom learning and work-based learning provide career and related training by alternating group and individual instruction in the classroom with the work-based experiences at an approved agribusiness training station in the local community. Students must provide their own transportation to their training station.

Approval Process

9065CT Formerly Agriculture Independent Study Problems and Solutions in Agriculture, Food and Natural Resources

Grade Placement . . . . . 11-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1/2 to 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . .Completion of at least two courses of AFNR in a Coherent Sequence and

A project-based learning experience developed by a student or group of students, teacher, and an interdisciplinary mentor team. The project provides opportunities for an in-depth study of at least one aspect of the agriculture science and technology area. The student or group demonstrates the ability to utilize a variety of resources, advanced technology, and communication skills in the development and presentation of the project. This project-based course may allow a student to meet one of the Distinguished Achievement Program advanced measures. Incoming 9

Approval Process

th

graders of 2009-2010 will receive advanced grade points for this class.

Agribusiness Systems

9044CT Formerly Agribusiness Management and Marketing Professional Standards in Agribusiness

Grade Placement . . . . . 10-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . None

A comprehensive course designed to develop agricultural leadership, citizenship, and interpersonal skills. Instruction includes such topics as personal development, employee/employer relations, and group and communication skills.

Natural Resources Systems

9058CT *New Course* Forestry and Woodland Ecosystems

Grade Placement . . . . . 10-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . None

This course examines current management practices for forestry and woodlands. Special emphasis is given to management as it relates to ecological requirements and how these practices impact the environment. Includes exploration of careers associated with the forestry system, tree identification, calculating tree harvest, and a study of the forest ecosystem.

9046CT Formerly Wildlife and Recreation Management Wildlife, Fisheries, and Ecology Management

Grade Placement . . . . . 10-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . None

A course designed to examine the importance of wildlife and outdoor recreation with emphasis on using wildlife, fish and natural resources and their management. Hunter, boater, and angler safety instruction are components of this class. Research into occupational opportunities and identification and laws associated with game, non-game, fur-bearing and fish species are included. 9047CT Formerly Range Management and Ecology Range Ecology and Management

Grade Placement . . . . . 10-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . None

A course designed to provide information regarding the management and ecology aspects of rangelands. Instruction will include the study and development of technical skills in renewable natural resources, range plants, ecosystems, water cycles, range conditions, carrying capacities, livestock management, wildlife management, and research. Information and safe working practices, recordkeeping, career exploration, and leadership will be included.

Plant Systems

9050CT Formerly Intro to Horticulture and Horticultural Plant Production Horticulture Science

Grade Placement . . . . . 10-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . None

A laboratory oriented course designed to develop skills in the production of greenhouse/nursery plants and the maintenance of plant growth and propagation structures. The course emphasizes production of fruit, nut, and vegetable crops. 9051CT Formerly Landscape Design, Construction, and Maintenance Landscape Design and Turf Grass Management

Grade Placement . . . . . 10-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . None

A course designed to develop skills in the design, construction, and maintenance of planted areas. The course includes the use of devices for the beautification of home grounds and other areas of human habitation and recreation. Students will also learn techniques in how to establish and maintain turf grass.

9053CT Formerly Floral Design and Advanced Floral Design Principles and Elements of Floral Design

Grade Placement . . . . . 10-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . None This course will satisfy the F ine Arts graduation requirement

A course designed to develop and examine floral design in relation to arrangement of flowers, foliage, and related plant materials for interior locations. Also incorporates business practices and careers in the floral industry. Students will be responsible for purchasing materials or assessed a fee associated with this course. Advanced Technical Credit is available through community colleges in Texas. 9055CT, 9056CT Formerly Horticulture I, II Practicum in Horticulture Science I, Practicum in Horticulture Science II

Grade Placement . . . . . 11-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Units Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Horticulture Science or Landscape Design and Turf Grass Mgt

or Principles of Floral Design and Past Prereq . . . . . . . . . Approval Process

Approval Process

A laboratory-oriented course designed to develop skills in the various technical areas of the horticulture industry. The major focus is preparing individuals to perform horticulture related skills. The course emphasizes greenhouse and nursery crop production; landscaping; floral design; and fruit, nut, and vegetable crop production. Instruction will include information on career opportunities, leadership activities, and recordkeeping practices related to the horticulture industry. Students will be responsible for purchasing materials or assessed a fee associated with this course. 9071CT * New Course* Advanced Plant and Soil Science

Grade Placement . . . . . 12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . One Credit of AFNR Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . This course will meet the requirements for the 4th

Credit on the Distinguished and Recommended graduation plans Science

A course designed to study the exploration of principles related to plant production and the management of soils as related to agriculture. Included in the course are experiments, laboratory explorations, and the study of soil and plant relationships that affect the production of food and fiber. 56

2T 5634 5632CT, 5634CT CTED Practicum in Horticulture Science I, II, Career and Technical Education for Students with Disabilities

Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit per year Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Recommendation of ARD Committee

A laboratory course designed to develop entry-level employment skills in horticultural related careers for special needs students. A laboratory-oriented course designed to develop skills in the various technical areas of the horticulture industry. The major focus is preparing individuals to perform horticulture related skills. The course emphasizes greenhouse and nursery crop production; landscaping; floral design; and fruit, nut, and vegetable crop production. Instruction will include information on career opportunities, leadership activities, and recordkeeping practices related to the horticulture industry. Students will be responsible for purchasing materials or assessed a fee associated with this course. This course may be taken for more than one year – up to four years.

Power, Structural & Technical Systems

9061CT Formerly Introduction to Ag Mechanics and Metal Fabrication Agricultural Mechanics and Metal Technologies

Grade Placement . . . . . 10-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . None

A course designed to introduce basic theory and specialized skills in agricultural mechanics. Skills to be developed include identification and safe use of tools, carpentry, electricity, plumbing, masonry, fencing, painting, hot and cold metal working, and welding processes. Construction of projects will be included in this course. Students will be responsible for purchasing materials or assessed a fee associated with this course. Advanced Technical Credit is available through community colleges in Texas. 9082CT Formerly Agricultural Mechanics I Agricultural Facilities Design and Fabrication

Grade Placement . . . . . 11-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Units Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Agricultural Mechanics and Metal Technologies or

Past Prereq. . . . . . . . . . Intro to Ag Mechanics

Approval Process

orA laboratory oriented course designed to teach the basic principles of agricultural mechanics, including: blueprint reading and implementation, carpentry and construction, electrical and plumbing systems, concrete and masonry construction, small engine and power systems, metal construction and large project building. Structures constructed in this class could include, but not limited to: large and small trailers, wooden structures, outdoor recreational facilities, and other metal fabrication projects. CNC PlasmaCam design and fabrication will be taught and applied in this class. Students will be responsible for purchasing materials or assessed a fee associated with this course.

Metal Fabrication

9086CT Formerly Agriculture Mechanics II Practicum in Agricultural Mechanics

Grade Placement . . . . . . 12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Units Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . .Agricultural Facilities Design and Fabrication and

Past Prereq . . . . . . . . . . Agriculture Mechanics I

Approval Process

A laboratory oriented course designed to teach the basic principles of agricultural mechanics, including: blueprint reading and implementation, carpentry and construction, electrical and plumbing systems, concrete and masonry construction, small engine and power systems, metal construction and large project building. Structures constructed in this class could include, but not limited to: large and small trailers, wooden structures, outdoor recreational facilities, and other metal fabrication projects. CNC PlasmaCam design and fabrication will be taught and applied in this class. Students will be responsible for purchasing materials or assessed a fee associated with this course.

Food Products and Processing Systems

9067CT Formerly Food Technology Food Technology and Safety

Grade Placement . . . . . 10-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . None

A course designed to examine world food production, governmental regulations regarding foods, and food safety. Methods of processing, preparing, and packaging of foods; exploration of career opportunities, and leadership development are included. Students will be responsible for purchasing materials or assessed a fee associated with this course.

Animal Systems

9069CT Formerly Animal Science Livestock Production

Grade Placement . . . . . 10-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . None

A technical course designed to develop the students knowledge and skills pertaining to the nutrition, reproduction, health and management of domestic livestock. Study of animal systems, animal restraint, business management, and careers are included.

9077CT *New Course* Small Animal Management

Grade Placement . . . . . 10-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . None

Students will be provided with opportunities to learn, reinforce, and apply information in a variety of settings in the areas of small animal, systems/business and associations. Subject areas in this course to be covered are but not limited to: small mammals, amphibians, reptiles, birds, dogs, cats and species specific information. Study will also highlight ownership, hazards, and welfare of small animals. 9070CT Advanced Animal Science

Grade Placement . . . . . 12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Livestock Production and Small Animal Management Past Prereq . . . . . . . . . Animal Science Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . This course will meet the requirements for the 4th

credit on the Distinguished and Recommended graduation plans. Science

This technical course provides an academically stimulating environment for students wishing to advance their understanding of animal science. This will be a lab oriented course with emphasis on reproduction, breeding, genetics, anatomy, physiology, nutrition, health, and the marketing and harvesting of domestic livestock. Students will receive advanced grade points for this course. 9072CT Equine Science

Grade Placement . . . . . 10-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . None

Students will identify career opportunities, industry expectation, and attain general knowledge of horses, mules and donkeys. Areas of study shall include but are not limited to: breed identification, anatomy and physiology, nutrition, reproduction, diseases, parasites, proper handling, training, confirmation, and selection of horses.

9074CT Formerly Vet Med I and Intro to Vet Med Assistant Veterinary Medical Applications

Grade Placement . . . . . 11-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . 2 of the following: Livestock Production, Small Animal

Management or Equine Science and Past Prereq . . . . . . . . . Introduction to Veterinary Medical Assistant Technology

Approval Process

Students will be prepared for careers in the field of animal science. Students will be provided opportunities to demonstrate proper knowledge and skills in the veterinary medicine industry. Topics to be covered in this course are, but not limited to veterinary practices and knowledge as they relate to both large and small animal species. Subject areas include: animal behavior, communication, species/breed information, diseases/disorders, parasites, clinical examinations, imaging equipment, hematology, hospital procedures, and surgical assisting procedures. Students will receive advanced grade points for this course. 9076CT Formerly Veterinary Medical Assistant II Practicum for Veterinary Medical Assistant

Grade Placement . . . . . 12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Units Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Veterinary Medical Applications and Past Prereq . . . . . . . . . Veterinary Medical Assistant I

Approval Process and

This course is a continuation of the Veterinary Medical Applications course providing more in-depth opportunities for students to increase their knowledge in animal anatomy, animal disease, treatment techniques, lab procedures, emergency procedures, and clinical operations. Students will be required to participate in clinical rotations, gaining hands-on experiences working in various veterinary assistant positions. This course provides further opportunities for students to explore the veterinary medical field as well as to continue earning possible industry standard certification in veterinary assistant and possible college credits toward certification as a Registered Veterinary Technician (RVT). Students must provide their own transportation to the clinical setting. Students will be responsible for purchasing materials or assessed a fee associated with this course. Students will receive advanced grade points for this course.

Approval Process

The following programs of study are available within the Architecture and Construction cluster. • Design/Preconstruction • Construction • Maintenance/Operations

Design/PreConstruction

9472CT Formerly Architectural Graphics Architectural Design

Grade Placement . . . . . . 10-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . . Concepts of Engineering & Architectural Technology

(STEM Cluster) Past Prereq . . . . . . . . . . .Computer Applications

Students will receive an overview of the various fields of architecture, interior design, construction science and construction technology. The software applications include but are not limited to: AutoCAD Architecture, Revit and Chief Architect. Students will be responsible for purchasing materials or assessed a fee associated with this course. 9482CT Formerly Architectural Construction Construction Management

Grade Placement . . . . . 11-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Concepts of Engineering & Architectural Technology and

either Architectural Design or Engineering Design & Presentation and

Past Prereq . . . . . . . . .Computer Applications Approval Process

and either Architectural Graphics or Engineering Graphics and

Students will learn design, design history, techniques and tools related to the production of drawings, renderings and scaled models for commercial or residential purposes. Students will be responsible for purchasing materials or assessed a fee associated with this course.

Approval Process

9478CT Formerly Research, Design and Development Problems and Solutions in Architecture and Construction

Grade Placement . . . . . 11-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Concepts of Engineering & Architectural Technology and

either Architectural Design or Engineering Design & Presentation and

Past Prereq . . . . . . . . .Computer Applications Approval Process

and either Architectural Graphics or Engineering Graphics and

This is a project-based course for students to research a real-world problem. Students develop a project on a topic related to career interests, use scientific methods of investigation to conduct in-depth research, compile findings, and present their findings. Students will be responsible for purchasing materials or assessed a fee associated with this course. This course receives advanced grade points. This course is designed to provide students an opportunity to earn one advanced measure for the Distinguished Achievement Program.

Approval Process

9360CT Interior Design

Grade Placement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Recommended Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Algebra I Past Prereq . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . None

This is a project driven course that focuses on interior environments. Students will discover ways to enhance spaces using knowledge based on the psychological, physiological and sociological needs of people. Students will be able to create a scale drawing of spaces as well as understand the basic construction of homes and furniture. This course will also create an awareness of the following topics; principles and elements of design, consumer decision making, safety, as well as care and maintenance of interiors. Students will be responsible for purchasing materials for their projects. Also, an assessed fee is associated with this course. Advanced Technical Credit is available through community colleges in Texas.

Construction

9616CT Formerly Introduction to Construction Careers Principles of Construction

Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . None

This course introduces the student to the construction industry. This is accomplished by exploring employment possibilities in the various manual trades including but not limited to safety, tools, materials, and training requirements. The student will build a project according to local, state, and federal guidelines. The student will be introduced to construction drawings and their various uses. This course is offered at Klein Forest High School.

9618CT Formerly Building Trades I Construction Technology

Grade Placement . . . . . 10-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Units Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Principles of Construction or Past Prereq . . . . . . . . . None

Approval Process

This course is designed to continue a student’s knowledge of the construction industry. Topics to be covered are employment, materials, hand and power tool use, safety, construction drawings, window and door installation, floor framing, wall framing, roof framing, concrete, and stair construction. Classes meet for two periods each school day at Klein Forest High School. 9620CT Formerly Building Trades II Advanced Construction Technology

Grade Placement . . . . . 11-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Units Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Construction Technology and Past Prereq . . . . . . . . . Building Trades I

Approval Process and

This course will continue the student’s knowledge of the construction industry. Topics to be covered are construction drawings, roof coverings, insulation, exterior siding, metal framing, drywall installation and finishing, metal door installation, suspended ceiling, interior trim, cabinetry and counter tops. Classes meet for two periods each school day at Klein Forest High School.

Approval Process

5660CT CTED Principles of Construction, Career and Technical Education for Students with Disabilities

Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Recommendation of ARD Committee

This course provides construction career information for the special needs students. The course is designed to familiarize students with introductory skills and a basic understanding of career opportunities and training requirements in four fundamental career clusters related to construction: carpentry, residential electrical, painting, decorating, and plumbing/pipefitting. Students will discuss entrepreneurship, safety and leadership training are included. This course is offered at Klein Forest High School.

I (2hr-9677CT) ( 3 hr-9676CT) II (2hr-9679CT) (3hr-9678CT) Career Preparation I, II

Grade Placement . . . . . 11-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I 2-3 Units, II 2-3 Units Prerequisite . . . . . . . . .16 years of age and

A work-based learning program that combines occupationally related classroom instruction and work-based experiences. Students work in a skilled occupation relating to communications and media, construction and maintenance, electrical and electronics, industrial and manufacturing, safety

Approval Process

and security, metal technology, automotive/transportation or other specialty areas. Safety, entrepreneurship, leadership and career opportunities are included with work ethics and job related study in the classroom. Students must provide their own transportation to their training station. This course is offered at Klein High School. I (2 hr-9321CT) (3 hr-9322CT); II (2 hr-9323CT) (3 hr-9324CT) Family and Consumer Sciences Career Preparation I, II

Grade Placement . . . . . 11-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I 2-3 Units; II 2-3 Units Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . 16 years of age and Approval Process

This work-based instructional arrangement develops essential knowledge and skills through classroom instruction and on-the-job training in approved occupationally-specific training areas. Occupational areas include but not limited to: the food and beverage industry, child care, retail clothing and apparel, floral design, housing and property management, home furnishings, and hospitality. All areas include production, management, service, and entrepreneurship. Students must provide their own transportation to their training station.

The following programs of study are available within the Arts, A/V Technology and Communications cluster.

• Audio and Video Technology and Film • Journalism and Broadcasting • Performing Arts • Printing Technology • Telecommunications

9476CT Formerly Computer Multimedia and Animation Technology Animation I

Grade Placement . . . . . 11-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Concepts of Engineering & Architectural Technology and

either Architectural Design or Engineering Design & Presentation and

Past Prereq . . . . . . . . . Computer Applications Approval Process

and either Architectural Graphics or Engineering Graphics and

A technical course which develops advanced knowledge and skills in the area of digital animation. This hands-on course allows students to create, edit, and render characters, vehicles, scenes or objects and to design and produce digital animation using images, video, and audio resources. Students will learn design, design history, techniques and tools related to the production of drawings, renderings, and scaled models for commercial or residential purposes. Students will be responsible for purchasing materials or assessed a fee associated with this course. This course receives advanced grade points.

Approval Process

9357CT Formerly Apparel and Textile & Apparel Design Fashion Design

Grade Placement . . . . . 10-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . None

This technical laboratory course focuses on apparel from the perspectives of personal decision making relating to the apparel industry and career preparation. Topics include apparel repair and alterations, managing the apparel dollar and the history of fashion. The production of fibers and fabrics, apparel care, garment construction and maintenance are also covered in this course. Quality apparel construction is addressed as it relates to consumer decision making and career preparation for the apparel industry. Other content addresses career options and management practices for assuming multiple family, community, and wage-earner roles. Students will be responsible for purchasing materials for their projects. Also, an assessed fee is associated with this course. Advanced Technical Credit is available through community colleges in Texas.

9358CT *New Course* Advanced Fashion Design

Grade Placement . . . . . 11-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Units Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Fashion Design Former Prereq . . . . . . .Apparel and Textile & Apparel Design

This technical laboratory course is designed to address the textiles and apparel industries, textile design and production, apparel design practices, influences and career preparation. Instruction includes knowledge and skills of the mass production and haute couture of the worldwide design industry, fiber testing, fabrics and finishes, textile and apparel manufacturing systems, product marketing techniques, computer-aided design, federal regulations, career options, fashion illustration, and portfolio design. Design procedures and management of multiple family, community, and career roles are emphasized. Students will be responsible for purchasing materials for their projects. Also, an assessed fee is associated with this course. Advanced Technical Credit is available through community colleges in Texas. 9479CT Formerly Research, Design and Development Problems and Solutions in Arts, A/V Technology & Communications

Grade Placement . . . . . 12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Animation I and Past Prereq . . . . . . . . . Computer Multimedia and Animation Technology

Approval Process and

This is a project-based course for students to research a real-world problem. Students develop a project on a topic related to career interests, use scientific methods of investigation to conduct in-depth research, compile findings, and present their findings. Students will be responsible for purchasing materials or assessed a fee associated with this course. This course receives advanced grade points. This course is designed to provide students an opportunity to earn one advanced measure for the Distinguished Achievement Program.

Approval Process

9700CT *New Course * Professional Communications

Grade Placement . . . . . 9-10 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . None This course will satisfy the speech graduation requirement

This is an activity based career development course in which students will develop an understanding of professional communications through exploration of the career clusters. Students will explore a variety of career options and activities including formal and informal presentations, resume writing, and job interviewing. Students will exhibit public relations skills, leadership characteristics, knowledge of the global economy, and information technology applications.

I (2hr-9677CT) ( 3 hr-9676CT) II (2hr-9679CT) (3hr-9678CT) Career Preparation I, II

Grade Placement . . . . . 11-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I 2-3 Units, II 2-3 Units Prerequisite . . . . . . . . .16 years of age and

A work-based learning program that combines occupationally related classroom instruction and work-based experiences. Students work in a skilled occupation relating to communications and media, construction and maintenance, electrical and electronics, industrial and manufacturing, safety and security, metal technology, automotive/transportation or other specialty areas. Safety, entrepreneurship, leadership and career opportunities are included with work ethics and job related study in the classroom. Students must provide their own transportation to their training station. This course is offered at Klein High School.

Approval Process

I (2 hr-9321CT) (3 hr-9322CT); II (2 hr-9323CT) (3 hr-9324CT) Family and Consumer Sciences Career Preparation I, II

Grade Placement . . . . . 11-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I 2-3 Units; II 2-3 Units Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . 16 years of age and Approval Process

This work-based instructional arrangement develops essential knowledge and skills through classroom instruction and on-the-job training in approved occupationally-specific training areas. Occupational areas include but not limited to: the food and beverage industry, child care, retail clothing and apparel, floral design, housing and property management, home furnishings, and hospitality. All areas include production, management, service, and entrepreneurship. Students must provide their own transportation to their training station.

The following programs of study are available within the Business, Management and Administration cluster.

• Administrative and Information Support • Business Analysis • Human Resources • Management

9166CT Formerly Intro to Business, Bus. Mgmt, Bus. Ownership, Recordkeeping Principles of Business, Marketing, and Finance

Grade Placement . . . . . 9-11 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . None

Students will participate in activities which focus on business ownership, business and personal finance, global economies, business operations and advertising. The course allows students to be involved with a variety of activities such as running a business, evaluating leadership styles, problem solving, business setting, marketing, and finance. 9140CT Formerly Keyboarding Touch System Data Entry

Grade Placement . . . . . 9-10 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . None

This course will train students to create documents and input data using the “touch system” of keyboarding. Emphasis is placed on student accuracy, speed and production of business documents using the touch system. Students will be responsible for purchasing materials or assessed a fee associated with this course. 5636CT Formerly CTED Keyboarding CTED Touch System Data Entry, Career & Technical Education for Students with Disabilities

Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Recommendation of ARD Committee

This course provides keyboarding skills for students with special needs. This course will train students to create documents and input data using the “touch system” of keyboarding. Emphasis is placed on student accuracy, speed and production of business documents using the touch system. Students will be responsible for purchasing materials or assessed a fee associated with this course.

9144CT Formerly Business Computer Information Systems I (BCIS-I) Business Information Management I

Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Touch System Data Entry or Past Prereq . . . . . . . . . Keyboarding

Pass Proficiency Test or

In this course students will apply technical skills to personal or business situations focusing on word processing, spreadsheets, databases, desktop publishing, presentation management, operating systems and emerging technologies. This course provides students with an overview of the various uses of information processing tools and skill development needed to make a successful transition to the workforce and postsecondary education. Students will be responsible for purchasing materials or assessed a fee associated with this course. Advanced Technical Credit and Tech Prep college credit are available through community colleges in Texas.

Pass Proficiency Test

5638CT Formerly CTED Business Computer Information Systems (CTED BCISI) CTED Business Information Management I, Career and Technical Education for Students with Disabilities

Grade Placement . . . . . 9 - 12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Touch System Data Entry or CTED Touch System Data Entry

or Past Prereq . . . . . . . . . Keyboarding

Pass Proficiency Test; Recommendation of ARD Committee or CTED Keyboarding or

This course provides computer skills for the special needs students. In this course students will apply technical skills to personal or business situations focusing on word processing, spreadsheets, databases, desktop publishing, presentation management, operating systems and emerging technologies. This course provides students with an overview of the various uses of information processing tools and skill development needed to make a successful transition to the workforce and postsecondary education. Students will be responsible for purchasing materials or assessed a fee associated with this course. This course may be taken for more than one year—up to four years.

Pass Proficiency Test; Recommendation of ARD Committee

9173CT Business Law

Grade Placement . . . . . 11-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . None

Students analyze the social responsibility of business and industry regarding the significant issues relating to the legal environment, business ethics, torts, contracts, negotiable financial instruments, personal property, sales, warranties, concept of agency and employment, business organizations and real property. Students apply technical skills to address business applications of contemporary legal issues. Students apply skills learned when participating in a mock trial.

9156CT Formerly BCIS II MOS Excel/PowerPoint andBusiness Information Management II

BCIS II Word

Grade Placement . . . . . 11-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Business Information Management I (BIM I) or

Past Prereq . . . . . . . . . Business Computer Information System I (BCIS I)

Pass Proficiency Test and Approval Process

or

Students will apply technical skills to address business applications of emerging technologies, create complex word-processing documents, develop sophisticated spreadsheets using charts and graphs, manage and create enhanced data reports and create an electronic presentation using appropriate multimedia software. Students will focus on Microsoft Word, Excel, Access and PowerPoint and computer based certification software. Students are strongly encouraged to take the Microsoft Certified Application Specialist (MCAS) exams. The course objective is for students to obtain high-level skills in Microsoft Office. Students are responsible for the MCAS exam fees and for purchasing materials or assessed a fee associated with this course. Students will receive advanced grade points for this course. Advanced Technical Credit and Tech Prep college credit are available through community colleges in Texas.

Pass Proficiency Test and Approval Process

9182CT *New Course* Virtual Business

Grade Placement . . . . . 10-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Touch System Data Entry or

Past Prereq . . . . . . . . . Keyboarding

Pass Proficiency Test and Approval Process

orStudents incorporate a broad base of knowledge that includes the legal, managerial, marketing, financial, ethical, and international dimensions of business to make appropriate business decisions. Students will be able to identify steps needed to locate customers, set fees, and develop client contracts. Student will be able to provide administrative, creative, and technical services using advanced technological modes of communication and data delivery. The student builds a functional website that incorporates the essentials of a virtual business. Students will be responsible for purchasing materials or assessed a fee associated with this course.

Pass Proficiency Test and Approval Process

9168CT Formerly International Business Global Business

Grade Placement . . . . . 11-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . None

This course provides students with an understanding of cultural diversity, the global economy, and the international business environment. The content and activities of the course allow students to develop the knowledge, skills, and abilities needed to work in a global marketplace. Students will also have opportunities to work collaboratively and give presentations based on research gathered on international business projects.

Formerly BCIS II (Work-Based Career Preparation) and Business Education Career Preparation II

I (2hr – 9178CT) (3hr – 9176CT) II (2hr – 9179CT) (3hr – 9177CT)

9181CT *New Course* Human Resources Management

Grade Placement . . . . . 11-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . None

This course introduces the primary concepts of human resources management including recruitment, selection, training, safety, wellness, development and compensation of people who work in an organization. Topics covered will include social responsibility of business and industry, employment laws, current trends and managerial practices. 9180CT Formerly Business Education Independent Study Problems and Solutions in Business, Finance and Information Technology

Grade Placement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2 - 1 Unit Recommended Prerequisite . . . . . Completion of at least Two Courses in the Chosen

Career Concentration Coherent Sequence and

A project-based learning experience developed by a student or group of students, teacher, and an interdisciplinary mentor team. The project provides opportunities for an in-depth study of at least one aspect of the business area. The student or group demonstrates the ability to utilize a variety of resources, advanced technology, and communication skills in the development and presentation of the project. This project-based course may allow a student to meet one of the Distinguished Achievement Program advanced measures.

Approval Process

Business Education Career Preparation I, II

Grade Placement . . . . . 11-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3 Units Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Business Information Management I (BIM I) or Desktop

Publishing, (16 years of age) and Past Prereq . . . . . . . . . Business Computer Information Systems I (BCIS I) or Desktop

Publishing, (16 years of age)

Approval Process

andThis course provides an opportunity for students to obtain high school training through work-based paid experiences. The student attends one class period of instruction and reports to an approved training site for a minimum of 10-15 hours per week. Advanced concepts and technical skills in business management and enable the student to function successfully in the workplace. Emphasis includes technical skills, effective oral and written communication, planning and organizing work, establishing priorities, records and information management, and operation of equipment. Students provide their own transportation to their training stations. Students will be responsible for purchasing materials or assessed a fee associated with this course.

Approval Process

The following programs of study are available within the Education & Training cluster.

• Administration & Administrative Support • Professional Support Services • Teaching/Training

9 9333CT Formerly Ready, Set, Teach! I Instructional Practices in Education and Training

Grade Placement . . . . . 11-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 Units Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Approval Process and at least 8th

Past Prereq . . . . . . . . . Child Development grade reading level

andInstructional Practices in Education and Training is a field-based internship that provides students with background knowledge of child and adolescent development as well as principles of effective teaching and training practices. Students will work under the joint direction and supervision of both a Family and Consumer Sciences teacher with the knowledge of early childhood education and a field-site teacher. Field-site teachers are certified mentor teachers that are recommended by their campus administrators. Students are placed at either the elementary or intermediate school level with a field-site teacher. Students learn to plan and direct individualized instruction and group activities, prepare instructional materials, develop materials for educational environments, assist with record keeping, and complete other responsibilities of teachers, trainers, paraprofessionals, or other educational personnel. Students will be responsible for providing their own transportation to their assigned sites. Students will be responsible for purchasing materials or assessed a fee associated with this course.

Approval Process

9334CT Formerly Ready, Set, Teach! II Practicum in Education and Training

Grade Placement . . . . . 12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Units Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Instructional Practices in Education and Training Approval Process

and

Past Prereq . . . . . . . . . Ready, Set, Teach! I and This course is a continuation of the course, Instructional Practices in Education and Training. It is a field-based internship that provides students with background knowledge of child and adolescent development as well as principles of effective teaching and training practices. Students will work under the joint direction and supervision of both a Family and Consumer Sciences teacher with the knowledge of early childhood education and a field-site teacher. Field-site teachers are certified mentor teachers that are recommended by their campus administrators. Students are placed at either the elementary or intermediate school level with a field-site teacher. Students learn to plan and direct individualized instruction and group activities, prepare instructional materials, develop materials for educational environments, assist with record keeping, and complete other responsibilities of teachers, trainers, paraprofessionals, or other educational personnel. Students will be responsible for providing their own transportation to their assigned sites. Students will be responsible for purchasing materials or assessed a fee associated with this course. An Educational Aide Certificate Level I will be earned during this second year course.

Approval Process

I (2 hr-9321CT) (3 hr-9322CT); II (2 hr-9323CT) (3 hr-9324CT) Family and Consumer Sciences Career Preparation I, II

Grade Placement . . . . . 11-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I 2-3 Units; II 2-3 Units Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . 16 years of age and Approval Process

This work-based instructional arrangement develops essential knowledge and skills through classroom instruction and on-the-job training in approved occupationally-specific training areas. Occupational areas include but not limited to: the food and beverage industry, child care, retail clothing and apparel, floral design, housing and property management, home furnishings, and hospitality. All areas include production, management, service, and entrepreneurship. Students must provide their own transportation to their training station.

The following programs of study are available within the Finance cluster. • Banking and Related Services • Business Financial Management • Financial and Investment Planning • Insurance Services

9166CT Formerly Intro to Business, Bus. Mgmt, Bus. Ownership, Recordkeeping Principles of Business, Marketing, and Finance

Grade Placement . . . . . 9-11 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . None

Students will participate in activities which focus on business ownership, business and personal finance, global economies, business operations and advertising. The course allows students to be involved with a variety of activities such as running a business, evaluating leadership styles, problem solving, business setting, marketing, and finance. 9183CT *New Course* Money Matters

Grade Placement . . . . . 9-11 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . None

Students discover new ways to maximize their earning potential, develop strategies for managing their resources, explore skills for the wise use of credit, and gain insight into the different ways of investing money. Students will discuss current trends and issues consumers face in today’s marketplace. 5640CT *New Course* CTED Money Matters, Career and Technical Education for Students with Disabilities

Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Recommendation of ARD Committee

Students discover new ways to maximize their earning potential, develop strategies for managing their resources, explore skills for the wise use of credit, and gain insight into the different ways of investing money. Students will discuss current trends and issues consumers face in today’s marketplace.

9158CT New Course* Insurance Operations

Grade Placement . . . . . 10-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2 Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . None

This course will introduce students to the insurance industry. The types of insurance discussed will include liability, automobile, property, health, unemployment, life and disability. Students will use career planning concepts, tools and strategies to explore and develop a career in insurance. Students will determine client needs and respond through planned, personalized communication to influence purchase decisions and enhance future insurance business opportunities. 9162CT Accounting I

Grade Placement . . . . . 10-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . None

This course introduces general accounting concepts, principles and procedures while emphasizing the need for financial records. The student performs accounting functions for service and merchandising businesses, completes account payable and receivable functions, determines inventory value, calculates and records payroll and associated taxes, verifies cash flow and analyzes financial data. Students will explore accounting career options and discuss current events involving accounting practices. Calculators are used and exposure to computerized accounting is provided. Students will be responsible for purchasing materials or assessed a fee associated with this course. Advanced Technical Credit and Tech Prep college credit are available through community colleges in Texas. 9164CT Accounting II

Grade Placement . . . . . 11-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Accounting I

Students continue the investigation of the field of accounting, including how it is impacted by industry standards as well as economics, financial, technological, international, social, legal and ethical factors. This course incorporates the complete accounting cycle in relationship to partnerships and corporations, as well as cost accounting. Students use computerized accounting techniques and available software. Experience is provided through simulation by initiating and maintaining an accounting system. Students will be responsible for purchasing materials or assessed a fee associated with this course. Students will receive advanced grade points for this course.

9184CT *New Course* Securities and Investments

Grade Placement . . . . . 10-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . None

This course introduces students to the regulation of the securities and investment industry, the risk factors of selecting investments, concepts of real estate law and titling. Students will use career planning concepts, tools, and strategies to explore, obtain, and develop a career in the securities industry. Students may have the opportunity to participate in stock market simulation activities. 9186CT *New Course* Financial Analysis

Grade Placement . . . . . 11-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Accounting I

Students apply technical skills to develop knowledge and skills in the economical, financial, technological, international, social and ethical aspects of business to become competent consumers, employees, and entrepreneurs. Students develop analytical skills by actively evaluating financial results of multiple businesses, interpreting results for stakeholders, and presenting strategic recommendations for performance improvement. 9180CT Formerly Business Education Independent Study Problems and Solutions in Business, Finance and Information Technology

Grade Placement . . . . . .12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2 - 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . .Completion of at least Two Courses in the Chosen Career Concentration Coherent Sequence and

A project-based learning experience developed by a student or group of students, teacher, and an interdisciplinary mentor team. The project provides opportunities for an in-depth study of at least one aspect of the business area. The student or group demonstrates the ability to utilize a variety of resources, advanced technology, and communication skills in the development and presentation of the project. This project-based course may allow a student to meet one of the Distinguished Achievement Program advanced measures.

Approval Process

Formerly BCIS II (Work-Based Career Preparation) and Business Education Career Preparation II

I (2hr – 9178CT) (3hr – 9176CT) II (2hr – 9179CT) (3hr – 9177CT)

Business Education Career Preparation I, II

Grade Placement . . . . . 11-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3 Units Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Business Information Management I (BIM I) or Desktop

Publishing, (16 years of age) and Past Prereq . . . . . . . . . Business Computer Information Systems I (BCIS I) or Desktop

Publishing, (16 years of age)

Approval Process

andThis course provides an opportunity for students to obtain high school training through work-based paid experiences. The student attends one class period of instruction and reports to an approved training site for a minimum of 10-15 hours per week. Advanced concepts and technical skills in business management and enable the student to function successfully in the workplace. Emphasis includes technical skills, effective oral and written communication, planning and organizing work, establishing priorities, records and information management, and operation of equipment. Students provide their own transportation to their training stations. Students will be responsible for purchasing materials or assessed a fee associated with this course.

Approval Process

The following programs of study are available within the Health Science cluster.

• Biotechnology Research and Development • Diagnostic Services • Health Informatics • Support Services • Therapeutic Services

9270CT Formerly Health Science Technology I Principles of Health Science

Grade Placement . . . . . .10-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . None

This course includes skills related to the health care industry. Content relates to patient relationships, working environments, and ethical and legal responsibilities. Entry-level skills will also be developed for taking vital signs, maintaining safety, and performing first aid and CPR. Introduction to basic human anatomy and physiology and medical terminology will prepare the student for a transition to clinical experiences in health care. Advanced Technical Credit and Tech Prep college credit are available through community colleges in Texas. 9272CT Formerly Health Science Technology II Health Science

Grade Placement . . . . . 11-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Units Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Principles of Health Science, Biology I and Past Prereq . . . . . . . . . .Health Science Technology , Biology I

Approval Process and

This course will provide for the development of multi-occupational knowledge and skills related to a wide variety of health careers. Students will observe and assist professional health care personnel in clinical/hospital environments. Students must provide their own transportation to their assigned clinical settings. Students must be CPR certified, have the current Hepatitis B series, and a TB skin test is required. A uniform, name tag, stethoscope and professional liability insurance will be required. This course receives advanced grade points. Advanced Technical Credit and Tech Prep college credit are available through community colleges in Texas.

Approval Process

9274CT Formerly Health Science Technology IIIA Certified Nurse Assistant Problems and Solutions in Health Science/CNA

Grade Placement . . . . . 12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit (2 class periods for a semester) Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Principles of Health Science, Biology I and Past Prereq . . . . . . . . . Health Science Technology I, Biology I

Approval Process and

This is an occupational specific course designed to provide knowledge and skills for certification as a Certified Nurse Assistant. The course of instruction is comprised of classroom instruction and clinical/hospital experience. Students will learn to attend to patients’ hygiene, comfort, nourishment, and social needs. Competencies will be demonstrated by the taking of vital signs, assisting patients with ADL’s, maintaining patient hygiene and safety, and providing infection control. Upon completion of the course, students will be eligible to test for state Certified Nurse Assistant certification. Students must be CPR certified, have the current Hepatitis B series, and a TB skin test is required. A uniform, name tag, stethoscope, gait belt, fee for certification testing, and professional liability insurance will be required. A criminal background check will be required upon entrance into the course due to licensing rules for certification. Each student who will receive instruction via the clinical learning experiences at Houston Northwest Hospital is required to verify he/she has secured health insurance coverage with an insurer approved by the hospital upon entrance into the course due to the hospital’s requirements. Students must provide their own transportation to the clinical setting. This course receives advanced grade points. Local Articulated Credit and Tech Prep college credit are available through the Lone Star Community College System.

Approval Process

9276CT Formerly Health Science Technology IIIB Emergency Medical Technician Practicum in Health Science/EMT

Grade Placement . . . . . 12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Units Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Principles of Health Science, Biology I or Anatomy &

Physiology with Certification in First Aid and CPR and

Past Prereq . . . . . . . . .Health Science Technology I, Biology I

Approval Process

or Anatomy & Physiology of Human Systems with Certification in First Aid and CPR and

This is an occupational specific course designed to provide knowledge and skills for certification as an Emergency Medical Technician. Instruction will be provided related to patient assessment, spinal immobilization, trauma management, treatment of medical emergencies and mechanical aids to breathing. The EMT program requires an additional ambulance and emergency room experience outside the classroom. The student must be age 18 by March 1st to participate in the course and take the EMT test. In order to receive the state certification, the student must be 18 years of age, have successfully passed the certification test and have proof of a high school diploma. Students must be CPR certified, have the current Hepatitis B series, and a TB skin test is required. Student tuitions, uniform, blood pressure cuff, stethoscope, trauma scissors, penlight, safety glasses, and professional liability insurance will be required. Students must provide their own transportation to the training location. This course receives advanced grade points. Local Articulated Credit and Tech Prep college credit are available through the Lone Star Community College System.

Approval Process

9277CT, 9277YCT Formerly Health Science Technology IIIC Certified Pharmacy Technician Problems and Solutions in Health Science/Certified Pharmacy Technician

Grade Placement . . . . . 12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit (Either 1 class period or 2 periods for a semester) Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Principles of Health Science, Biology I and Additional Recommended Prerequisite . . . . . Algebra II with at least a B average

Approval Process

Past Prereq . . . . . . . . .Health Science Technology I, Biology and Additional Recommended Prerequisite . . . . . Algebra II with at least a B average

Approval Process

This is an occupational specific course designed to provide knowledge and skills for certification as a Certified Pharmacy Technician. The course of instruction is comprised of classroom instruction, lab applications, and independent study. No clinical hours are required but may be provided based on individual needs and students must provide own transportation. Students will learn federal and state law pertaining to the pharmacy industry, drug classifications, medical terminology, ethical and legal issues, safety, aseptic technique, calculations, career opportunities, and pharmacy operations. Upon completion of the course, students will be eligible to test for national Certified Pharmacy Technician certification. The student must provide proof of a high school diploma to receive certification. Student tuition, computer access, and national testing fee will be required. This course receives advanced grade points.

9278CT Medical Terminology

Grade Placement . . . . . 10-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . None

This course is designed to develop a working knowledge of the language of medicine. Students acquire word-building skills by learning prefixes, suffixes, word roots, abbreviations, and acronyms. By relating terms to body systems, students identify proper use of words in a medical environment. Knowledge of medical terminology enhances the student’s ability to successfully secure employment or pursue advanced education in health care. Advanced Technical Credit and Tech Prep college credit are available through community colleges in Texas. 0493CT Formerly Anatomy and Physiology of Human Systems Anatomy and Physiology

Grade Placement . . . . . 11-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Biology I and Past Prereq . . . . . . . . . Biology I

Chemistry I and

In this course students conduct laboratory investigations/fieldwork, use scientific methods during investigations, and make informed decisions using critical thinking and problem solving. Topics will be presented through an integration of biology, chemistry, and physics. Students will study the structures and functions of the human body and body systems and will investigate the body’s responses to forces, maintenance of homeostasis, electrical interactions, transport systems, and energy systems. Students will also analyze the relationship between anatomical structures and physiological functions of the human systems. This same course is also listed in the Science Section of the Guidance Handbook. This course receives advanced grade points.

Chemistry I

I (2hr-9677CT) ( 3 hr-9676CT) II (2hr-9679CT) (3hr-9678CT) Career Preparation I, II

Grade Placement . . . . . 11-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I 2-3 Units, II 2-3 Units Prerequisite . . . . . . . . .16 years of age and

A work-based learning program that combines occupationally related classroom instruction and work-based experiences. Students work in a skilled occupation relating to communications and media, construction and maintenance, electrical and electronics, industrial and manufacturing, safety

Approval Process

and security, metal technology, automotive/transportation or other specialty areas. Safety, entrepreneurship, leadership and career opportunities are included with work ethics and job related study in the classroom. Students must provide their own transportation to their training station. This course is offered at Klein High School.

The following programs of study are available within the Hospitality and Tourism cluster. • Lodging • Recreation, Amusements and Attractions • Restaurants and Food/Beverage Services • Travel and Tourism

9350CT Formerly Food Production, Management, and Services I Culinary Arts

Grade Placement . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Units Recommended Prerequisite . . . Lifetime Nutrition and Wellness and Past Recommended Prereq . . . Nutrition and Food Science

Approval Process and

This course begins with the fundamentals and principles of the art of cooking and the science of baking. Emphasis is placed on safety, management, production skills and techniques in a professional kitchen setting. Students can pursue a national sanitation certification, ServSafe Certification, or any other appropriate food industry certification. This course will be offered as a laboratory-based course. Students are encouraged to participate in extended learning experiences. Students will be responsible for purchasing materials or assessed a fee associated with this course. This course is offered at Klein Forest High School and Klein High School. Advanced Technical Credit is available through community colleges in Texas.

Approval Process

9352CT Formerly Food Production, Management, and Services II Practicum in Culinary Arts

Grade Placement . . . . . . . 11-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Units Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . . Culinary Arts and Past Prereq . . . . . . . . . . . Food Production, Mgt, and Services I

Approval Process and

This course is the continuation of the course, Culinary Arts, in providing a practicum in the professional kitchen industry. It provides occupationally specific opportunities for students to participate in a learning experience that combines classroom instruction with career experiences. Students are taught employability skills, which include job-specific skills, job interview techniques, communication skills, financial and budget activities, human relations, and portfolio development. Students will be responsible for purchasing materials or assessed a fee associated with this course. This course is offered at Klein Forest High School and Klein High School.

Approval Process

5620CT, 5622CT Formerly CTED Food Production, Mgt, & Services CTED Culinary Arts, Career and Technical Education for Students with Disabilities

Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Units per year Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Recommendation of the ARD committee

This course prepares developmentally handicapped and other special needs students for gainful employment. Areas covered include safety, sanitation, quantity food preparation, use and care of commercial food preparation equipment, housekeeping skills, and preparation for job placement. This course is offered at Klein High school. Students will be responsible for purchasing materials or assessed a fee associated with this course. This course may be taken for more than one year – up to four years. 9353CT *New Course* Hotel Management

Grade Placement . . . . . . . 11-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . . Approval Process Concurrent enrollment required . . . . . . Hospitality Services

This course focuses on the knowledge and skills for a career in the hotel industry. It includes an in-depth study of the departments within the hotel industry. Emphasis will be placed on professional communication, leadership, management, human resources, and technology. The students must also enroll in the course, Hospitality Services in conjunction with Hotel Management. The three hours of training take place at the hotel under the supervision of the school program coordinator and the hotel management team. After successful completion of the courses, Hotel Management and Hospitality Services, students have the opportunity to continue for a second year by enrolling in the Practicum in Hospitality Services and Tourism course. Students must provide their own means of transportation to and from the hotel. A uniform supplied by the student will be required. Advanced Technical Credit is available through community colleges in Texas.

9354CT Formerly Hospitality Services I Hospitality Services

Grade Placement . . . . . . 11-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Units Prerequisite. . . . . . . . . . .Approval Process Concurrent enrollment required . . . . . . Hotel Management 1 Unit

This course will give students an opportunity to explore a career in all aspects of the hospitality industry. This includes hotel and restaurant management, travel and tourism, and business management. This course is a joint venture of the school district and a local lodging property. The program coordinator will work with students in placing them in areas of engineering, front office, accounting and finance, loss prevention, restaurant, banquets, culinary, housekeeping, sales, and marketing. The students must also enroll in the course, Hotel Management in conjunction with Hospitality Services. The three hours of training take place at the hotel under the supervision of the school program coordinator and the hotel management team. After successful completion of the courses, Hospitality Services and Hotel Management, students have the opportunity to continue for a second year by enrolling in the Practicum in Hospitality Services and Tourism course. Students must provide their own means of transportation to and from the hotel. A uniform supplied by the student will be required. Advanced Technical Credit is available through community colleges in Texas. 9356CT Formerly Hospitality Services II Practicum in Hospitality Services and Tourism

Grade Placement . . . . . 12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Units Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Hospitality Services, Hotel Management and Past Prereq . . . . . . . . . Hospitality Services I

Approval Process and

This course is the continuation of the Hospitality Services course. It allows students to explore their professional interest in the hospitality industry and focus on two individual areas or departments in which they wish to train extensively. In addition to being taught employability skills, students learn through classroom instruction and career experiences. Students must provide their own means of transportation to and from the hotel. A uniform supplied by the student will be required.

Approval Process

I (2 hr-9321CT) (3 hr-9322CT); II (2 hr-9323CT) (3 hr-9324CT) Family and Consumer Sciences Career Preparation I, II

Grade Placement . . . . . 11-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I 2-3 Units; II 2-3 Units Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . 16 years of age and Approval Process

This work-based instructional arrangement develops essential knowledge and skills through classroom instruction and on-the-job training in approved occupationally-specific training areas. Occupational areas include but not limited to: the food and beverage industry, child care, retail clothing and apparel, floral design, housing and property management, home furnishings, and hospitality. All areas include production, management, service, and entrepreneurship. Students must provide their own transportation to their training station.

The following programs of study are available within the Human Services cluster.

• Consumer Services • Counseling and Mental Health Services • Early Childhood Development and Services • Family and Community Services • Personal Care Services

9331CT *New Course* Principles of Human Services

Grade Placement . . . . . 9 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . None

This comprehensive laboratory course provides the knowledge and skills related to personal human development. It will enable students to investigate careers in the human services career cluster, including early childhood development, family and community, mental health and personal care services. Content includes decision-making, positive relationships, child development, nutrition and food production, finance, and personal grooming as it relates to personal and professional settings. Students will be responsible for purchasing materials and/or assessed a fee associated with this course. 5645CT *New Course* CTED Principles of Human Services, Career and Technical Education for Students with Disabilities

Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Recommendation of ARD Committee

This comprehensive laboratory course provides the knowledge and skills related to personal human development for the special needs students. It will enable students to investigate careers in the human services career cluster, including early childhood development, family and community, mental health and personal care services. Content includes decision-making, positive relationships, child development, nutrition and food production, finance, and personal grooming as it relates to personal and professional settings.

9335CT Child Development

Grade Placement . . . . . 10-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . None

This course is designed to focus on knowledge and skills related to prenatal development, care, guidance, and protection of children. Instruction addresses the principles and procedures for promoting the physical, emotional, social, and intellectual development of young children, including those with special needs. Other topics include family management, characteristics of quality child care, and career options related to the care and education of children. 9336CT Formerly Child Care and Guidance, Management, and Services I Child Guidance

Grade Placement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Units Recommended Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Child Development and Past Recommended Prereq . . . . . . . . . Child Development

Approval Process or Nutrition & Food

Science andThis laboratory course addresses the knowledge and skills related to child growth and guidance equipping students to develop positive relationships with children and effective caregiver skills. Students use these skills to promote the well-being and healthy development of children, strengthen a culturally diverse society, and pursue careers related to the care, guidance, and education of children. Instruction will be delivered through school based lab training. Advanced Technical Credit is available through community colleges in Texas.

Approval Process

9338CT Formerly Child Care and Guidance, Management, and Services II Practicum in Human Services

Grade Placement . . . . .12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Units Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Child Guidance and Past Prereq . . . . . . . . . .Child Guidance and Guidance, Management, and Services I

Approval Process

andThis course provides occupationally specific training and focuses on the development of consumer services, early childhood development and services, counseling and mental health services, and family and community services careers. Instruction will be delivered through a school-based laboratory training.

Approval Process

9330CT Formerly Individual and Family Life Interpersonal Studies

Grade Placement . . . . . 10-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . None

This course examines how relationships between individuals and among family members affect the quality of life. The areas of study include; personal development, decision making, the components of a healthy relationship, communication skills and conflict resolution, mate selection, the role of family members, responsible parenting, and crisis management. Interpersonal Studies includes the study of careers in counseling and mental health services. 9348CT Formerly Nutrition and Food Science Lifetime Nutrition and Wellness

Grade Placement . . . . . 10-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . None

This laboratory based course defines the roles of nutrients in the body and develops an understanding of lifetime wellness and nutrition principles. Students are encouraged to apply these principles in making educated choices that promote lifelong wellness. Students will demonstrate knowledge of nutrition and effective work habits such as cooperation, responsibility, time management and problem solving in the foods laboratory and classroom. This knowledge will enable students to pursue careers related to hospitality and tourism, education and training, human services and health services. Students will be responsible for purchasing materials or assessed a fee associated with this course. I (2 hr-9321CT) (3 hr-9322CT); II (2 hr-9323CT) (3 hr-9324CT) Family and Consumer Sciences Career Preparation I, II

Grade Placement . . . . . 11-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I 2-3 Units; II 2-3 Units Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . 16 years of age and Approval Process

This work-based instructional arrangement develops essential knowledge and skills through classroom instruction and on-the-job training in approved occupationally-specific training areas. Occupational areas include but not limited to: the food and beverage industry, child care, retail clothing and apparel, floral design, housing and property management, home furnishings, and hospitality. All areas include production, management, service, and entrepreneurship. Students must provide their own transportation to their training station.

IA-9340CT, IB-9342CT, IIA-9344CT, IIB-9346CT Parenting Education for School Age Parents I, II

Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I 1/2–1 Unit; II 1/2–1 Unit Prerequisites . . . . . . . . None

This laboratory course is designed to address the special needs and interests of pregnant/parenting teens. Special emphasis is placed on prenatal care and development, postnatal care, child development, infant care, and parenting skills. Other units of study address personal development, responsible parenthood and adult roles, family problems and crises, conflict resolution, family health issues, nutrition, safety, management, and employability skills. Students are provided opportunities to develop the knowledge and skills to become successful parents and to prepare for managing the multiple roles of student, parent, family member, and wage earner. 9622CT, 9624CT Cosmetology I, II

Grade Placement . . . . . I -11; II-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I-3, II-3 Units Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Approval Process

Cosmetology is a two-year program designed to teach students the profession of beauty culture. One class period is devoted to classroom work for the study of cosmetology theory. Two class periods each day are devoted to practice in the laboratory to increase each student’s manipulative skills. After two years the students will have fulfilled the 1500–hour requirement to take the Texas Department of Licensing and Regulation (TDLR) examination to become a licensed hairstylist. Occupational opportunities are hairstylist, platform artist, wig stylist, manicurist, makeup artist, manager of beauty a supply firm or beauty salon, owner of beauty salon and color technician. Students are responsible for the cost of materials used in projects associated with the vocational organization SkillsUSA. Students enrolled in Cosmetology I and II are responsible for the required supplies pertaining to the program. Once the required hours are met, TDLR requires a written exam fee of approximately $50.00 and a practical exam fee of $78.00. The written exam must be passed before applying for the practical exam. Students eligible for the exam are responsible for the exam fees. Cosmetology II students will be required to enroll in an 8th

period class (Problems and Solutions) to meet the required state hours. In ordered to be accepted to Cosmetology II a student must have a minimum of 430-450 hours and pass the Cosmetology I course.

9626CT Problems and Solutions in Cosmetology

Grade Placement . . . . . 12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Cosmetology I and Additional Req . . . . . . .Concurrent Enrollment in Cosmetology II

Approval Process

This course is a lab-based learning experience developed to enhance Cosmetology II. This course provides opportunities for an in-depth study of cosmetology and practices associated in the field. Students will be required to enroll in this class as an 8th period to meet the required state hours. This course will be scheduled after regular school hours during the week to meet the requirements. Students will be responsible for transportation home after school.

The following programs of study are available within the Information Technology cluster.

• Information Support and Services • Interactive Media • Programming and Software Development • Network Systems

Interactive Media

9146CT Formerly Business Image Management and Multimedia Digital and Interactive Media

Grade Placement . . . . 10-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . .Business Information Management I (BIM I) or Desktop

Publishing and Approval Process or

Past Prereq. . . . . . . . Business Computer Information Systems I (BCIS I)

Pass Proficiency Test and Approval Process

or

In this course students will develop proficiencies in designing, importing, and manipulating advanced text, graphics and audio used in presentation management, multimedia productions, publishing systems, web design, and emerging technologies. Students will be responsible for purchasing materials or assessed a fee associated with this course. Advanced Technical Credit and Tech Prep college credit are available through community colleges in Texas.

Desktop Publishing

9147CT *New Course* Web Technologies

Grade Placement . . . . . 11-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Business Information Management I (BIM I) or Desktop

Publishing and Approval Process or

Past Prereq. . . . . . . . . Business Computer Information Systems I (BCIS I)

Pass Proficiency Test and Approval Process

or

Through the study of web technologies and design, students create web sites based on the needs of a client. The student researches legal and copyright issues, hardware and software, connectivity issues and security protocols to make professional web pages. Students are expected to plan, create and maintain web sites with appropriate graphics, content, video and programming elements. Students will be responsible for purchasing materials or assessed a fee associated with this course. Advanced Technical Credit and Tech Prep college credit are available through community colleges in Texas.

Desktop Publishing

Programming and Software Development

9148CT Formerly Business Computer Programming Computer Programming

Grade Placement . . . . . 10-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . None

This course introduces beginning programming. Student will apply an algorithmic approach (program execution, testing, debugging, and data storage) to problem solving and program design using an appropriate programming language. Emphasis is placed on programming problem identification and solving. Students will be responsible for purchasing materials or assessed a fee associated with this course.

Network Systems

9644CT Formerly Introduction to Computer Maintenance Computer Maintenance

Grade Placement . . . . . 10-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . None

Students learn the principles of computer maintenance, including computer hardware and broad level components related to the installation, diagnosis, service, and repair of computer systems and electrical/electronic theory. To prepare for success, students will have the opportunities to build personal computers and troubleshoot common maintenance problems. Students may have the opportunity to take the CompTIA A+ certification test. 9647CT Internetworking Technologies I

Grade Placement . . . . . 11-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit (2 class periods per semester) (Fall) Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Approval Process

This course is designed to develop the skills needed to design, build and maintain small to medium-sized networks. In a lab setting that corresponds to the real world, students utilize the building blocks of today’s global information technologies to design small to medium-sized local area networks. The course focuses on network fundamentals and protocols, network theory, structured cabling, and the configuration of routers, wireless equipment, and PCs. This high-tech learning environment provides students the knowledge and experience to enter the workforce and/or further their education and training in the computer networking field. This course is the first part of the Cisco Networking Academy Program that can lead to industry recognized certifications: the Cisco Certified Entry Network Technician (CCENT) and the Cisco Certified Network Associate (CCNA). Dual Credit is available through Lone Star College System. Students will receive advanced grade points for this course.

9651CT Internetworking Technologies II

Grade Placement . . . . . 11-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit (2 class periods per semester)(Spring) Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Successful completion of Internetworking Technologies I and

Approval Process This course is the second part of the Cisco Networking Academy Program. It focuses on switching, basic network security, LAN design, WAN design, and exploration of advanced routing protocols. This high-tech learning environment provides students the knowledge and experience to enter the workforce and/or further their education and training in the computer networking field. Successful completion of Internetworking Technologies I and II will prepare the student to take the Cisco Certified Networking Associate examination. Upon passing the CCNA exam, the student will have a network certification that is recognized by the information technology industry and businesses around the world. Dual Credit is available through Lone Star College System. Students will receive advanced grade points for this course. 9149CT *New Course* Research in Information Technology Solutions

Grade Placement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Units Recommended Prerequisite . . . . . Completion of at least Two Courses in Information

Technology cluster andA student will gain advanced knowledge and skills in the application, design, production, implementation, maintenance, evaluation and assessment of products, services and systems. Analytical skills and application of information technology concepts and standards are essential to prepare students for success in a technology-driven society. Students will receive advance grade points for this course.

Approval Process

9180CT Formerly Business Education Independent Study Problems and Solutions in Business, Finance and Information Technology

Grade Placement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2 - 1 Unit Recommended Prerequisite . . . . . Completion of at least Two Courses in the Chosen Career Concentration Coherent Sequence and Approval Process

A project-based learning experience developed by a student or group of students, teacher, and an interdisciplinary mentor team. The project provides opportunities for an in-depth study of at least one aspect of the business area. The student or group demonstrates the ability to utilize a variety of resources, advanced technology, and communication skills in the development and presentation of the project. This project-based course may allow a student to meet one of the Distinguished Achievement Program advanced measures. Students will receive advance grade points for this course.

Formerly BCIS II (Work-Based Career Preparation) and Business Education Career Preparation II

I (2hr – 9178CT) (3hr – 9176CT) II (2hr – 9179CT) (3hr – 9177CT)

9680CT Problems and Solutions in Trade & Industrial Education

Grade Placement . . . . . 12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2-1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Completion of at least Two Courses in the Chosen Career Concentration Coherent Sequence and

A project-based learning experience developed by a student or group of students, teacher and an interdisciplinary mentor team. The project provides opportunities for an in-depth study of at least one aspect of an industry in the trade and industrial program area. The student or group demonstrates the ability to utilize a variety of resources, advanced technology, and communication skills in the development and presentation of a project. This project-based course may allow a student to meet one of the Distinguished Achievement Program advanced measures. Incoming 9th graders of 2009-2010 will receive advanced grade points for this class.

Approval Process

Business Education Career Preparation I, II

Grade Placement . . . . . 11-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3 Units Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Business Information Management I (BIM I) or Desktop

Publishing, (16 years of age) and Past Prereq . . . . . . . . . Business Computer Information Systems I (BCIS I) or Desktop

Publishing, (16 years of age)

Approval Process

andThis course provides an opportunity for students to obtain high school training through work-based paid experiences. The student attends one class period of instruction and reports to an approved training site for a minimum of 10-15 hours per week. Advanced concepts and technical skills in business management and enable the student to function successfully in the workplace. Emphasis includes technical skills, effective oral and written communication, planning and organizing work, establishing priorities, records and information management, and operation of equipment. Students provide their own transportation to their training stations. Students will be responsible for purchasing materials or assessed a fee associated with this course.

Approval Process

I (2hr-9677CT) ( 3 hr-9676CT) II (2hr-9679CT) (3hr-9678CT) Career Preparation I, II

Grade Placement . . . . . 11-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I 2-3 Units, II 2-3 Units Prerequisite . . . . . . . . .16 years of age and

A work-based learning program that combines occupationally related classroom instruction and work-based experiences. Students work in a skilled occupation relating to communications and media, construction and maintenance, electrical and electronics, industrial and manufacturing, safety and security, metal technology, automotive/transportation or other specialty areas. Safety, entrepreneurship, leadership and career opportunities are included with work ethics and job related study in the classroom. Students must provide their own transportation to their training station. This course is offered at Klein High School.

Approval Process

The following programs of study are available within the Law, Public Safety, Corrections and Security cluster.

• Correction Services • Emergency and Fire Management Services • Law Enforcement Services • Legal Services • Security and Protective Services

9632CT *New Course* Principles of Law, Public Safety, Corrections and Security

Grade Placement . . . . . 9-11 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . None Course cannot be taken concurrently with Law Enforcement I

This course introduces students to professions in law enforcement, fire and emergency management services, security and corrections. Students will examine the roles and responsibilities of police, courts, corrections, private security, and protective agencies of fire and emergency services. The course provides students with an overview of the skills necessary for careers in law enforcement, fire service, security and corrections. 9630CT Formerly Introduction to Criminal Justice Law Enforcement I

Grade Placement . . . . . 10-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . None Course cannot be taken concurrently with Principles of Law, Public Safety,

Corrections and Security This course is an overview of the history, organization and functions of local, state and federal law enforcement. This course includes the role of constitutional law, the United States legal system, the classification and elements of crime, criminal law and law enforcement terminology. Advanced Technical Credit and Tech Prep college credit are available through community colleges in Texas.

9631CT Formerly Emergency Communications Law Enforcement II

Grade Placement . . . . . 11-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Law Enforcement I Past Prereq . . . . . . . . . Introduction to Criminal Justice

This course provides the knowledge and skills necessary to prepare for a career in law enforcement. This course includes the ethical and legal responsibilities, operation of police and emergency telecommunication equipment and courtroom testimony. Students may be able to obtain an entry level Emergency Telecommunications certification. Students will be responsible for purchasing materials or assessed a fee associated with this course. Advanced Technical Credit and Tech Prep college credit are available through community colleges in Texas. 9633CT Formerly Correctional Systems and Practices Correctional Services

Grade Placement . . . . . 11-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . Law Enforcement I or

Past Prereq. . . . . . . . . Introduction to Criminal Justice

Principles of Law, Public Safety, Corrections and Security

In this course students begin the preparation for certification required for employment as a correctional officer. The student will learn the role and responsibilities of a correctional officer, discuss relevant rules, regulations and laws. The student will become familiar with defensive tactics, restraint techniques and first aid procedures as used in the correctional setting. The student will analyze rehabilitation and alternatives to institutionalization. The certification test is not administered in this course. Advanced Technical Credit and Tech Prep college credit are available through community colleges in Texas. 9634CT Formerly Courts and Criminal Procedures Court Systems and Practices

Grade Placement . . . . . 11-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Law Enforcement I Past Prereq . . . . . . . . . Introduction to Criminal Justice

This course is an overview of the federal and state court systems. The course identifies the roles of judicial officers, reviews trial processes from pretrial to sentencing and examines the types and rules of evidence. Emphasis is placed on constitutional laws for criminal procedures such as search and seizure, stop and frisk and interrogation. Advanced Technical Credit and Tech Prep college credit are available through community colleges in Texas.

9635CT *New Course* Forensic Science Grade Placement . . . . . 12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Biology and Chemistry and Law Enforcement I Approval Process

and

Past Prereq . . . . . . . . . Biology and Chemistry and

Introduction to Criminal Justice and

Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . This course will meet the requirements for the 4 Approval Process

th

credit on the Distinguished and Recommended graduation plans Science

This course uses a structured and scientific approach to the investigation of crimes of assault, abuse and neglect, domestic violence, accidental death, homicide, and the psychology of criminal behavior. Students will learn terminology and investigative procedures related to crime scene, questioning, interviewing, criminal behavior characteristics, truth detection, and scientific procedures used to solve crimes. Using scientific methods, students will collect and analyze evidence through case studies and simulated crime scenes such as fingerprint analysis, ballistics, and blood spatter analysis. Students will learn the history, legal aspects, and career options for forensic science. Incoming 9th graders of 2011-12 will receive advanced grade points for this course. I (2hr-9677CT) ( 3 hr-9676CT) II (2hr-9679CT) (3hr-9678CT) Career Preparation I, II

Grade Placement . . . . . 11-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I 2-3 Units, II 2-3 Units Prerequisite . . . . . . . . .16 years of age and

A work-based learning program that combines occupationally related classroom instruction and work-based experiences. Students work in a skilled occupation relating to communications and media, construction and maintenance, electrical and electronics, industrial and manufacturing, safety and security, metal technology, automotive/transportation or other specialty areas. Safety, entrepreneurship, leadership and career opportunities are included with work ethics and job related study in the classroom. Students must provide their own transportation to their training station. This course is offered at Klein High School.

Approval Process

MILITARY SCIENCE 1901, 1902, 1903, 1904 ROTC 1-4 Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit per year Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Approval of Instructor

The mission of Air Force Junior ROTC is to “Develop citizens of character dedicated to serving their nation and community”. The goal of the program is to instill in high school cadets the values of citizenship, service to the United States, personal responsibility, and a sense of accomplishment. The program educates and trains high school cadets in citizenship; promotes community service; instills responsibility; character, and self-discipline. AFJROTC is a 4-year program for high school students. It is a balance of study that is 40% Aerospace Science, 40% Leadership Education, and 20% Physical Training/Wellness. Examples of the Aerospace Science curriculum are: A Journey into Aviation History, The Science of Flight, The Exploration of Space, etc. Examples of Leadership Education are: Citizen, Character, and Air Force Traditions; Communication, Awareness, and Leadership; Principles of Management, etc. The physical fitness training program, Extreme Excellence Challenge (E2C), provides cadets with a wellness-minded program offering substantial individual health improvements. It motivates cadets to lead active, healthy lifestyles beyond their high school years and into their adult lives.

Note

: In addition to the academic credit, ROTC is approved for a P.E. waiver of .5 units each semester with a maximum of 1.5 units.

The following programs of study are available within the Manufacturing cluster.

• Health, Safety and Environmental Assurance • Logistics and Inventory Control • Maintenance, Installation and Repair • Manufacturing Production Process Development • Production • Quality Assurance

9658CT Formerly Introduction to Precision Metals Manufacturing Principles of Manufacturing

Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . None

In this course, students gain knowledge and skills in the application, design, production and assessment of products, services and systems. Student will explore the various fields in metalworking and will receive experience in the use of precision and non-precision tools as they learn the basic operations of manufacturing. Students will be involved in the problem solving process, safety with hand tools and power tools, familiarization of different welding and machining techniques. Special attention will be given to the various careers available in the machine shop and welding industries. Klein Forest HS will emphasize the machining processes and Klein Oak HS will emphasize the welding process.

. 9662CT Formerly Machine Shop I Precision Metal Manufacturing

Grade Placement . . . . . 10-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Units Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Approval Process

Precision Metal Manufacturing is a two-year program which prepares students to enter the workforce in the machine trades industry. Students will learn manual machining operations on the lathe, mill, and drill press. Instruction will include practices in work habits, career goals, blueprint reading, mathematics, measurement, and safety. Machine practices learned will include CNC, cutting, and heat treating. This course is only offered at Klein Forest High School.

9666CT Formerly Machine Shop II Advanced Precision Metal Manufacturing

Grade Placement . . . . . 11-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Units Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Precision Metal Manufacturing and Past Prereq . . . . . . . . . Machine Shop I

Approval Process and

This course will provide students with advanced knowledge of computer numerical controlled (CNC) machining. In addition to learning Mastercam programming and operation, the students will learn Level 2 of milling and operating the lathe. Students will learn to write programs without the use of CAD, design projects and develop machine setup techniques. This course is offered at Klein Forest High School.

Approval Process

9668CT Formerly Welding I Welding

Grade Placement . . . . . 10-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Units Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Approval Process

This two-year program prepares students to be skilled workers and to understand, perform and supervise or inspect a wide variety of welding processes. These processes include gas welding, brazing, flame cutting, plasma cutting, shielded metal arc welding and resistance welding. Introduction to gas metal arc welding, gas tungsten arc welding and flux core welding will also be explored. Students will develop a basic understanding of design for welding fabrication, an understanding of the cost and economics of various types welding. Students are introduced to the methods of nondestructive and destructive inspection of welds and welded products. Students will also develop math and problem solving skills used in the welding field. The nationally accredited CONTREN learning series, approved by the National Center for Construction Education and Research and the Associated Builders and Contractors, greater Houston chapter is a supplemental curriculum resource for this course. This class meets for two periods each school day at Klein Oak High School. AWS certification is available upon passing of Structural Steel D1.1 codebook. Students will be responsible for purchasing materials or assessed a fee associated with this course.

5664CT CTED Welding, Career and Technology Education for Students with Disabilities

Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Units Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Recommendation of ARD Committee

This program prepares special needs students to be skilled workers and to understand, perform and supervise or inspect a wide variety of welding processes. These processes include gas welding, brazing, flame cutting, plasma cutting, shielded metal arc welding and resistance welding. Introduction to gas metal arc welding, gas tungsten arc welding and flux core welding will also be explored. Students will develop a basic understanding of design for welding fabrication, an understanding of the cost and economics of various types welding. Students will be responsible for purchasing materials or assessed a fee associated with this course. This course will be offered at Klein High School.

9670CT Formerly Welding II Advanced Welding

Grade Placement . . . . . 11-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Units Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Welding and Past Prereq . . . . . . . . . Welding I

Approval Process and

The advanced welding program prepares students to be skilled workers and to understand, perform and supervise or inspect a wide variety of welding processes. These include gas welding, flame cutting, plasma cutting, arc gouging, shielded metal arc welding, gas metal arc welding, gas tungsten arc welding and flux core welding. Students will develop a basic understanding of design for welding fabrication, an understanding of the cost and economics of welding of various types. Also introduced are the methods of nondestructive and destructive inspection of welds and welded products and an understanding of auxiliary equipment used in the process, such as jigs, fixtures, and tools and equipment related to welding. Students will develop math skills and problem solving skills used in the welding field. The nationally accredited CONTREN learning series, approved by the National Center For Construction Education & Research and the Associated Builders & Contractors, greater Houston chapter, is the co curriculum for instruction in the course. Classes meet for two periods each school day at Klein Oak High School. AWS certification is available upon passing of Structural Steel D1.1 codebook. Students will be responsible for purchasing materials or assessed a fee associated with this course. Advanced Technical Credit and Tech Prep college credit are available through community colleges in Texas.

Approval Process

9668, 70

9680CT Problems and Solutions in Trade & Industrial Education

Grade Placement . . . . . 12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2-1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Completion of at least Two Courses in the Chosen Career Concentration Coherent Sequence and

A project-based learning experience developed by a student or group of students, teacher and an interdisciplinary mentor team. The project provides opportunities for an in-depth study of at least one aspect of an industry in the trade and industrial program area. The student or group demonstrates the ability to utilize a variety of resources, advanced technology, and communication skills in the development and presentation of a project. This project-based course may allow a student to meet one of the Distinguished Achievement Program advanced measures. Incoming 9

Approval Process

th

graders of 2009-2010 will receive advanced grade points for this class.

I (2hr 9677CT) ( 3 hr-9676CT) II (2hr 9679CT) (3hr 9678CT) Career Preparation I, II

Grade Placement . . . . . 11-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I 2-3 Units, II 2-3 Units Prerequisite . . . . . . . . .16 years of age and

A work-based learning program that combines occupationally related classroom instruction and work-based experiences. Students work in a skilled occupation relating to communications and media, construction and maintenance, electrical and electronics, industrial and manufacturing, safety and security, metal technology, automotive/transportation or other specialty areas. Safety, entrepreneurship, leadership and career opportunities are included with work ethics and job related study in the classroom. Students must provide their own transportation to their training station. This course is offered at Klein High School.

Approval Process

z

The following programs of study are available within the Marketing, Sales and Service cluster.

• Buying and Merchandising • Distribution and Logistics • E-Marketing • Marketing Communications and Promotion • Marketing Information Management and Research • Management and Entrepreneurship • Professional Sales and Marketing

9166CT Formerly Intro to Business, Bus. Mgmt, Bus. Ownership, Recordkeeping Principles of Business, Marketing, and Finance

Grade Placement . . . . . 9-11 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . None

Students will participate in activities which focus on business ownership, business and personal finance, global economies, business operations and advertising. The course allows students to be involved with a variety of activities such as running a business, evaluating leadership styles, problem solving, business setting, marketing, and finance. 9588CT Sports and Entertainment Marketing

Grade Placement . . . . . 10-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . None

This course will provide students with a thorough understanding of the marketing concepts and theories that apply to sports, sporting events and entertainment. Students investigate basic marketing, licensing, target marketing, sponsorship, event marketing, promotions, and implementation of sports and entertainment marketing campaigns. This course will also provide an opportunity to develop various marketing and business plans, evaluation and management tools, sponsorship proposals and endorsement contracts.

9590CT Fashion Marketing

Grade Placement . . . . . 10-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . None

This course is designed to provide students with knowledge of the various business functions in the fashion industry. Students will explain the importance of fashion; demonstrate knowledge of fashion history and how it relates to today’s fashion, along with distinguishing among terms used in the industry. Students will gain a working knowledge of promotion, textiles, merchandising, pricing, selling, visual merchandising, and career opportunities in the fashion industry. 9592CT Formerly Retailing Retailing and E-Tailing

Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . None

Students will focus on the retail phase of marketing and career planning, credit, merchandising math, control and planning, retail safety and security, selling, entrepreneurship and promotion. Students will have the opportunity to develop skills that involve electronic media techniques necessary for a business to compete in a global economy. 9595CT *New Course* Advertising and Sales Promotion

Grade Placement . . . . . 10-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . None

This course is designed to be a comprehensive introduction to advertising. Students will learn techniques used in current advertising, including print, broadcast, and digital media. Students will explore the social, ethical, and legal issues of advertising, historical influences, strategies, and media decision process. The course provides an overview of how communication tools can be used to reach target audiences and why we buy what we buy. 9594CT Entrepreneurship

Grade Placement . . . . . 11-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . None

Students will gain the knowledge and skills needed to become an entrepreneur. A primary focus of the course is to help students understand the process of analyzing a business opportunity, preparing a business plan, determining feasibility of an idea using research, and developing a strategy to organize and promote the business and its products and/or services. Advanced Technical Credit and Tech Prep college credit are available through community colleges in Texas.

9596CT-3 hr; 9597CT-2 hr Formerly Marketing Dynamics Career Preparation I Marketing Dynamics (Career Preparation)

Grade Placement . . . . . 11-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3 Units Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . 16 years of age and

Students gain knowledge and skills to help them be proficient in one or more of the marketing functional areas associated with distribution, financing, marketing information management, pricing, product planning, promotion, purchasing, risk management and selling skills. Students will seek employment in marketing occupational areas related to apparel and accessories, banking, food marketing, automotive retailing, general merchandising, retailing, promotion, international marketing, travel and tourism, wholesaling/warehousing, and personal services marketing. Classroom activities will correlate with work-based experiences. Students are responsible for their own transportation to their training stations. Advanced Technical Credit and Tech Prep college credit are available through community colleges in Texas.

Approval Process

9598CT-3 hr; 9599CT-2 hr Formerly Marketing Management Career Preparation II Practicum in Marketing Dynamics (Career Preparation II)

Grade Placement . . . . . 12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3 Units Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Marketing Dynamics, 16 years of age and

Students gain knowledge and skills to help them be proficient in one or more of the marketing functional areas associated with distribution, financing, marketing information management, pricing, product planning, promotion, purchasing, risk management and selling skills. Students will seek employment in marketing occupational areas related to apparel and accessories, banking, food marketing, automotive retailing, general merchandising, retailing, promotion, international marketing, travel and tourism, wholesaling/warehousing, and personal services marketing. Classroom activities will correlate with work-based experiences. Students are responsible for their own transportation to their training stations.

Approval Process

The following programs of study are available within the Science, Technology, Engineering and Mathematics cluster.

• Engineering and Technology • Science and Math

9470CT Formerly Computer Applications Concepts of Engineering & Architectural Technology

Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Recommended Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Strong Mathematics skills Past Prereq . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Strong Mathematics skills

This is an introductory level class for students considering a career in engineering or architecture. Students will use a variety of computer hardware and software applications used in the engineering and architectural fields. Emphasis will be placed on introduction to drafting through the use of AutoCAD and Inventor as well as introductory level computer assisted design and manufacturing through the use of CAD/CAM software. Students will be responsible for purchasing materials or assessed a fee associated with this course. 9474CT Formerly Engineering Graphics Engineering Design and Presentation

Grade Placement . . . . . 10-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Concepts of Engineering & Architectural Technology Past Prereq . . . . . . . . . Computer Applications

This is a laboratory course for students considering a career in engineering. Students will use multiple software applications to produce and present working drawings, solid model renderings, and prototypes. Students will transfer advanced academic skills to component designs. Students will be responsible for purchasing materials or assessed a fee associated with this course. Advanced Technical Credit and Tech Prep college credit are available through community colleges in Texas.

9480CT Formerly Research, Design and Development Problems and Solutions in STEM

Grade Placement . . . . . 11-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Concepts of Engineering & Architectural Technology and

either Architectural Design or Engineering Design & Presentation and

Past Prereq . . . . . . . . .Computer Applications Approval Process

and either Architectural Graphics or Engineering Graphics and

This is a project-based course for students to research a real-world problem. Students develop a project on a topic related to career interests, use scientific methods of investigation to conduct in-depth research, compile findings, and present their findings. To attain academic success, students must have opportunities to learn, reinforce, apply, and transfer their knowledge, skills, and technologies in a variety of settings. Students will be responsible for purchasing materials or assessed a fee associated with this course. This course receives advanced grade points. This course is designed to provide students an opportunity to earn one advanced measure for the Distinguished Achievement Program.

Approval Process

9638CT Formerly Direct Current Electronics and Alternating Current Electronics Electronics

Grade Placement . . . . . 10-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . None

Students enrolled in this course will demonstrate knowledge and applications of circuits, electronic measurement, and electronic implementation. Through use of the design process, students will transfer academic skills to component designs in a project-based environment. Students will use a variety of computer hardware and software applications to complete assignments and projects. Additionally, students explore career opportunities, employer expectations, and educational needs in the electronics industry. Students may be eligible to take an industry standard certification test. 9639CT *New Course* Advanced Electronics

Grade Placement . . . . . 11-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Units Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Electronics Past Prereq . . . . . . . . . Direct Current Electronics

Students enrolled in this continuation course will demonstrate knowledge and application of advanced circuits, electrical measurement, and electrical implementation used in the electronics and computer industries. Through use of the design process, students will transfer advanced academic skills to component designs in a project-based environment. Additionally, students explore career opportunities, employer expectations, and educational needs in the industry. Students may be eligible to take an industry standard certification test.

9641CT *New Course* Robotics and Automation

Grade Placement . . . . . 11-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Electronics I or Concepts of Engineering & Architectural

Technology and Past Prereq . . . . . . . . . Direct Current Electronics or Introduction to

Electrical/Electronics Careers

Approval Process

or Computer Applications and

Students enrolled in this course will demonstrate knowledge and skills necessary for the robotics and automation industry. Through implementation of the design process, students will transfer advanced academic skills to component designs in a project-based environment. Students will build prototypes or use simulation software to test their designs. Additionally, students explore career opportunities, employer expectation, and education needs in the robotic and automation industry. Students will be responsible for purchasing materials or assessed a fee associated with this course.

Approval Process

I (2hr-9677CT) ( 3 hr-9676CT) II (2hr-9679CT) (3hr-9678CT) Career Preparation I, II

Grade Placement . . . . . 11-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I 2-3 Units, II 2-3 Units Prerequisite . . . . . . . . .16 years of age and

A work-based learning program that combines occupationally related classroom instruction and work-based experiences. Students work in a skilled occupation relating to communications and media, construction and maintenance, electrical and electronics, industrial and manufacturing, safety and security, metal technology, automotive/transportation or other specialty areas. Safety, entrepreneurship, leadership and career opportunities are included with work ethics and job related study in the classroom. Students must provide their own transportation to their training station. This course is offered at Klein High School.

Approval Process

The following programs of study are available within the Transportation, Distribution and Logistics cluster.

• Facility and Mobile Equipment Maintenance • Health, Safety and Environmental Management • Logistics Planning and Management Services • Sales and Service • Transportation Operations • Transportation Systems/Infrastructure Planning, Management and Regulation • Warehousing and Distribution Center Operations

9610CT Formerly Introduction to Automotive Technology Energy, Power, and Transportation Systems

Grade Placement . . . . . 10-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . None

This semester course will identify entry-level skills in the automotive industry while exploring individual employability. Emphasis is on various safety/ethical concepts and skills associated with the automotive services industry. Topics will include industry safety standards, identification and use of tools, and understanding of major automotive components and maintenance. Classroom instruction will be enhanced by limited shop demonstration. 9612CT Formerly Automotive Technician I Automotive Technology

Grade Placement . . . . . 11-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Units Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Approval Process Recommended Prereq . . . .Energy, Power, and Transportation Systems Seniors will be accepted if space is available

This sequential two-year program is designed to train students through classroom instruction, interactive computer application, and lab/task experiences. Automotive students will be taught basic fundamentals and operation of all major automotive systems. Students will demonstrate knowledge of the concepts and skills related to the following NATEF certified automotive areas: (1) Brakes, (2) Steering and Suspension, (3) Electrical and Electronic Systems, and (4) Engine Performance. Special emphasis is placed on professional work ethics and safety.

9614CT Formerly Automotive Technician II Advanced Automotive Technology

Grade Placement . . . . . 12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Units Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Automotive Technology and Past Prereq . . . . . . . . . Automotive Technician I

Approval Process and

This course is a continuation of Automotive Technology and is designed to train students through classroom instruction, interactive computer application, and lab/task experiences. Automotive students will be taught basic fundamentals and operation of all major automotive systems. Students will demonstrate knowledge of the concepts and skills related to the following NATEF certified automotive areas: (1) Brakes, (2) Steering and Suspension, (3) Electrical and Electronic Systems, and (4) Engine Performance. Special emphasis is placed on professional work ethics and safety.

Approval Process

9672CT Formerly Small Engine Repair I Small Engine Technology

Grade Placement . . . . . 10-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Units Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . None

This two year program is designed to provide training for entry-level employment in the air and liquid cooled engine technology industry. Skills developed include knowledge of the function, limited diagnosis and service of the systems and components of all types of lawn care equipment and irrigation engines. Instruction consists of repairing and servicing cooling systems, air cleaners, fuel systems, lubricating systems, and starter/ignition systems. In addition, students will receive instruction in safety, academic, leadership skills and career opportunities. This course is offered at Klein and Klein Oak High schools. 9674CT Formerly Small Engine Repair II Advanced Small Engine Technology

Grade Placement . . . . . 11-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Units Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Small Engine Technology and Past Prereq . . . . . . . . . Small Engine Repair I

Approval Process and

This is the final course of the two year program in small gas engines. Instruction will include advanced knowledge of the function, diagnosis, and service of the systems and components of all types of lawn equipment, motorcycle, marine engines, and irrigation engines. This course is designed to provide advanced training for employment in the small engine technology industry. Instruction includes the repair and service of cooling systems, fuel systems, lubrication systems, electrical/ignition systems, and mechanical systems. In addition, the student will receive instruction in safety, academic, leadership skills and career opportunities. This course is offered at Klein and Klein Oak High schools.

Approval Process

I (1 hr-5626CT), (2 hr-5624CT); II (1 hr-5630CT) (2 hr-5628CT) CTED Small Engine Technology, Advanced Small Engine Technology, Career and Technical Education for Students with Disabilities

Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2 Units per year Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Recommendation of ARD Committee

This program provides students with employment skills that are transferable and immediately useful. Instructional areas include small engine repair, engine tune-up, minor automotive maintenance and welding. Classes meet for two periods or one period each school day at Klein High School and one period each day at Klein Oak High School. This course may be taken for more than one year - up to four years. 5662CT CTED Automotive Technology, Career and Technology Education for Students With Disabilities

Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Units Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Recommendation of ARD Committee

This program provides automotive repair training for special needs students through classroom instruction, interactive computer application, and lab/task experiences. Automotive students will be taught basic fundamentals and operation of all major automotive systems. Special emphasis is placed on professional work ethics and safety. This course will be offered at Klein High School. I (2hr 9677CT) ( 3 hr-9676CT) II (2hr 9679CT) (3hr 9678CT) Career Preparation I, II

Grade Placement . . . . . 11-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I 2-3 Units, II 2-3 Units Prerequisite . . . . . . . . .16 years of age and

A work-based learning program that combines occupationally related classroom instruction and work-based experiences. Students work in a skilled occupation relating to communications and media, construction and maintenance, electrical and electronics, industrial and manufacturing, safety and security, metal technology, automotive/transportation or other specialty areas. Safety, entrepreneurship, leadership and career opportunities are included with work ethics and job related study in the classroom. Students must provide their own transportation to their training station. This course is offered at Klein High School.

Approval Process

1

Overview

Career and Technical Education Courses

Principles of Ag, Food & Nat’l Res Ag Science Career Prep Problems & Solutions in AFNR Professional Standards in Agribusiness Forestry & Woodland Ecosystems Wildlife, Fisheries, & Ecology Mgt. Range Ecology & Mgt. Horticultural Science Landscape Design & Turf Grass Mgt. Principles of Floral Design Practicum in Horticulture Science, II Advanced Plant & Soil

CTED Horticulture Agricultural Mechanics &

Metal Technologies Agricultural Facilities &

Design Practicum in Ag Mechanics Food Tech & Safety Science Livestock Production Small Animal Management Advanced Animal Science Equine Science Veterinary Medical Apps Practicum for Vet Med Asst

Problems & Solutions Architecture Construction

Architectural Design Construction Management Interior Design Principles of Construction CTED Principles of Construction Construction Technology Advanced Construction Technology Career Prep

Career Prep Family & Consumer Career Prep Problems & Solutions Art/AV Com Animation I Fashion Design Advanced Fashion Design Professional Communications

Principles of Bus, Mktg & Finance Touch System Data Entry CTED Touch System Data Entry Business Information Management I CTED Bus Info Mgmt I Business Information Management II Business Law Virtual Business Global Business Human Resources Management Prob & Solutions in Bus, Finance & IT Business Education Career Prep I, II

Instructional Practices in Education & Training

Practicum in Education & Training

FCS Career Prep

Principles of Bus, Mktg & Finance Money Matters CTED Money Matters Accounting I Accounting II Securities & Investments Financial Analysis Insurance Operations Prob & Solution in Bus, Finance & IT Business Education Career Prep I, II

Principles of Health Science Health Science Problems & Solutions in Health

Science - CNA Problem and Solutions in Health

Science – Cert Pharm Tech Practicum in Health Science EMT Medical Terminology Anatomy & Physiology Career Prep

Culinary Arts Practicum in Culinary Arts CTED Culinary Arts Hotel Management Hospitality Services Practicum in Hospitality Services FCS Career Prep

Principles of Human Services Child Development Child Guidance Practicum in Human Services CTED Principles of Human Ser Interpersonal Studies Lifetime Nutrition and

Wellness FCS Career Prep Parenting Ed School Age

Parents Cosmetology I, II Prob & Solution Cosmetology

Digital and Interactive Media Web Technologies Principles of Info Tech Computer Maintenance Internetworking Technologies I Internetworking Technologies II Computer Programming Research in Information Tech

Solutions Prob & Solution in Bus, Finance & IT Business Education Career Prep I, II Problems and Solutions in T & I Career Prep

Principles of Law, Public Safety, Corrections & Security

Law Enforcement I Law Enforcement II Correctional Services Court Systems & Practices Forensic Science Career Prep

Principles of Manufacturing Precision Metal Manufacturing Advanced Precision Metal

Manufacturing Welding Advanced Welding Problems and Solutions in T & I Career Prep

Principles of Bus, Mktg & Finance

Sports & Entertainment Mktg Fashion Marketing Retailing & E-tailing Advertising & Sales Promotion Entrepreneurship Marketing Dynamics Practicum in Mktg Dynamics

Concepts of Engineering & Architectural Technology

Engineering Design and Presentation Problems & Solutions in STEM Electronics Adv Electronics Robotics & Automation Career Prep

Energy, Power, & Transportation Systems

Automotive Technology Advanced Automotive Technology CTED Automotive Technology Small Engine Technology Advanced Small Engine

Technology CTED Small Engine Technology Career Prep

CTED COURSES

I (1 hr-5626CT), (2 hr-5624CT); II (1 hr-5630CT) (2 hr-5628CT) CTED Small Engine Technology, Advanced Small Engine Technology, Career and Technical Education for Students with Disabilities

Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2 Units per year Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Recommendation of ARD Committee

This program provides students with employment skills that are transferable and immediately useful. Instructional areas include small engine repair, engine tune-up, minor automotive maintenance and welding. Classes meet for two periods or one period each school day at Klein High School and one period each day at Klein Oak High School. This course may be taken for more than one year - up to four years.

5620CT, 5622CT Formerly CTED Food Production, Mgt, & Services CTED Culinary Arts, Career and Technical Education for Students with Disabilities

Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Units per year Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Recommendation of the ARD committee

This c ourse pr epares de velopmentally h andicapped a nd ot her s pecial n eeds s tudents f or gainful employment. Areas c overed i nclude s afety, s anitation, qua ntity food pr eparation, us e a nd c are o f commercial f ood preparation e quipment, hous ekeeping s kills, a nd pr eparation f or j ob pl acement. This course is offered at Klein High school. Students will be responsible for purchasing materials or assessed a fee associated with this course. This course may be taken for more than one year – up to four years.

5636CT Formerly CTED Keyboarding CTED Touch System Data Entry, Career & Technical Education for Students with Disabilities

Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Recommendation of ARD Committee

This c ourse pr ovides ke yboarding s kills f or s tudents w ith s pecial ne eds. This c ourse w ill train students to create documents and input data using the “touch system” of keyboarding. Emphasis is placed on s tudent accuracy, s peed a nd p roduction of bus iness doc uments us ing t he t ouch s ystem. Students will be responsible for purchasing materials or assessed a fee associated with this course.

5660CT CTED Principles of Construction, Career and Technical Education for Students with Disabilities

Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Recommendation of ARD Committee

This course provides construction career i nformation for t he special needs s tudents. The course i s designed t o f amiliarize s tudents w ith i ntroductory s kills a nd a b asic unde rstanding of c areer opportunities and training requirements in four fundamental career clusters related to construction: carpentry, residential electrical, painting, decorating, and plumbing/pipefitting. Students will discuss entrepreneurship, safety and leadership training are included. This course is offered at Klein Forest High School.

5645CT *New Course* CTED Principles of Human Services, Career and Technical Education for Students with Disabilities

Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Recommendation of ARD Committee

This comprehensive laboratory course provides the knowledge and skills related to personal human development f or t he s pecial ne eds s tudents. It will e nable s tudents to investigate c areers in the human s ervices c areer cluster, i ncluding e arly c hildhood de velopment, f amily a nd c ommunity, mental health and personal care services. Content includes decision-making, positive relationships, child de velopment, nut rition a nd f ood production, f inance, and personal g rooming as i t r elates t o personal and professional settings.

5638CT Formerly CTED Business Computer Information Systems (CTED BCISI) CTED Business Information Management I, Career and Technical Education for Students with Disabilities

Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Touch System Data Entry or CTED Touch System Data Entry

or Past Prereq . . . . . . . . . Keyboarding

Pass Proficiency Test; Recommendation of ARD Committee or CTED Keyboarding or

This course provides computer skills for the special needs students. In this course students will apply technical s kills t o pe rsonal or bus iness s ituations f ocusing on w ord pr ocessing, s preadsheets, databases, de sktop pu blishing, pr esentation management, op erating s ystems and e merging technologies. T his course pr ovides s tudents w ith a n ove rview of t he va rious us es of i nformation processing tools and skill development needed to make a successful transition to the workforce and postsecondary e ducation. S tudents w ill be r esponsible f or pur chasing materials or as sessed a f ee associated with this course. This course may be taken for more than one year—up to four years.

Pass Proficiency Test; Recommendation of ARD Committee

5632CT, 5634CT CTED Practicum in Horticulture Science I, II, Career and Technical Education for Students with Disabilities

Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit per year Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Recommendation of ARD Committee

A laboratory course designed to develop entry-level employment skills in horticultural related careers for special needs students. A laboratory-oriented course designed to develop skills in the various technical areas of the horticulture industry. The major focus is preparing individuals to perform horticulture related skills. The course emphasizes greenhouse and nursery crop production; landscaping; floral design; and fruit, nut, and vegetable crop production. Instruction will include information on career opportunities, leadership activities, and recordkeeping practices related to the horticulture industry. Students will be responsible for purchasing materials or assessed a fee associated with this course. This course may be taken for more than one year – up to four years

5640CT CTED Money Matters, Career and Technology Education for Students with Disabilities

Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Units Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Recommendation of ARD Committee

Students di scover new ways to maximize the ir e arning pot ential, develop strategies for managing their resources, explore skills for the wise use of credit, and gain insight into the different ways of investing m oney. S tudents w ill di scuss c urrent t rends a nd i ssues c onsumers f ace i n t oday’s marketplace. 5662CT CTED Automotive Technology, Career and Technology Education for Students with Disabilities

Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Units Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Recommendation of ARD Committee

This pr ogram pr ovides automotive r epair t raining f or s pecial ne eds s tudents t hrough classroom instruction, interactive computer application, and lab/task experiences. Automotive students will be taught basic fundamentals and operation of all major automotive systems. Special emphasis is placed on professional work ethics and safety. This course will be offered at Klein High School. 5664CT CTED Welding, Career and Technology Education for Students with Disabilities

Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Units Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Recommendation of ARD Committee

This program pr epares special ne eds students t o be s killed w orkers and t o unde rstand, perform and supervise or i nspect a w ide va riety of w elding pr ocesses. T hese p rocesses include gas welding, brazing, flame cutting, plasma cutting, shielded metal arc welding and resistance welding. Introduction to gas metal arc welding, gas tungsten arc welding and flux core welding will also be explored. Students will develop a basic understanding of design for welding fabrication, an understanding of the cost and economics o f va rious t ypes welding. Students will be responsible for purchasing materials or assessed a fee associated with this course. This course will be offered at Klein High School.

Other Information Key: PR – Prerequisite required App – Approval Process Required. The approval process will vary by course. The process may be an application or instructor/counselor recommendation. Adv – Advanced Grade points received for the course. Implementation dates for the advanced grade points varies by course. Specific details are available in the course

descriptions. $ - Students will be responsible for purchasing materials or assessed a fee associated with this course. ATC – Advanced Technical Credit or articulated CTE Courses. See CTE Counselor for additional details. Articulation is subject to change based on state guidelines.

CTE Course

Old Course (2009-2010)

KISD Course

Number Grade Other Information Page

Accounting I Accounting I 9162CT 10-12 $ ATC 126 Accounting II Accounting II 9164CT 11-12 PR Adv $ 127 Advanced Animal Science Advanced Animal Science 9070CT 12 PR Adv 45,110 Advanced Automotive Technology Automotive Technology II 9614CT 12 PR App 159 Advanced Construction Technology Building Trades II 9620CT 11-12 PR App 114 Advanced Electronics 9639CT 11-12 PR 156 Advanced Fashion Design 9358CT 11-12 PR $ ATC 117 Advanced Plant and Soil Science Similar to Plant and Soil Science 9071CT 12 PR 45,107 Advanced Precision Metal Manufacturing Machine Shop II 9666CT 11-12 PR App 149 Advanced Small Engine Technology Small Engine Repair II 9674CT 11-12 PR App 159 Advanced Welding Welding II 9670CT 11-12 PR App $ ATC 150 Advertising and Sales Promotion 9595CT 10-12 153 Agricultural Facilities Design and Fabrication Agriculture Mechanics I 9082CT 11-12 PR App $ ATC 108 Agricultural Mechanics and Metal Technologies

Intro to Ag Mechanics, Metal Fabrication

9061CT 10-12 $ 108

Agriculture, Food and Natural Resources Career Prep I

Agricultural Science Technology Career Prep I

9042CT 9048CT

11-12 PR App 104

Agriculture, Food and Natural Resources Career Prep II

Agricultural Science Technology Career Prep II

9043CT 9049CT

12 PR App 104

Anatomy and Physiology Anatomy & Physiology 0493CT 11-12 PR Adv 131 Animation I Computer Multimedia & Animation

Technology 9476CT 11-12 PR App Adv $ 116

Architectural Design Architectural Graphics 9472CT 10-12 PR $ 112 Automotive Technology Automotive Technology I 9612CT 11-12 App 158 Business Education Career Preparation I Business Computer Info Systems II

(BCISII) (Career Prep) 9176CT 9178CT

11-12 PR App $ 97, 122 128, 143

Business Education Career Preparation II Business Education Career Prep II 9177CT 9179CT

12 PR App $

Business Information Management I (BIM I) Business Computer Info Systems I (BCIS I)

9144CT 9-12 PR $ ATC 120

Business Information Management II (BIM II) Business Computer Info Systems II (BCIS II) MOS Excel/PPt/Word

9156CT 11-12 PR Adv $ ATC 121

Business Law Business Law 9173CT 11-12 120 Career Preparation I Trade and Industrial Career

Preparation I 9676CT 9677CT

11-12 PR App 114, 118, 132 143, 147, 151

157, 160 Career Preparation II Trade and Industrial Career

Preparation II 9678CT 9679CT

12 PR App

Child Development Child Development 9335CT 10-12 137 Child Guidance Child Care I 9336CT 11-12 PR App ATC 137 Computer Maintenance Intro to Computer Maintenance 9644CT 10-12 141 Computer Programming Business Computer Programming 9148CT 10-12 $ 141 Concepts of Engineering and Architectural Technology

Computer Applications 9470CT 9-12 PR $ 155

Construction Management Architectural Construction 9482CT 11-12 PR App $ 112 Construction Technology Building Trades I 9618CT 10-12 PR App 114

Career and Technical Education Course Index

Other Information Key: PR – Prerequisite required App – Approval Process Required. The approval process will vary by course. The process may be an application or instructor/counselor recommendation. Adv – Advanced Grade points received for the course. Implementation dates for the advanced grade points varies by course. Specific details are available in the course

descriptions. $ - Students will be responsible for purchasing materials or assessed a fee associated with this course. ATC – Advanced Technical Credit or articulated CTE Courses. See CTE Counselor for additional details. Articulation is subject to change based on state guidelines.

Correctional Services Correctional Systems and Practices 9633CT 11-12 PR ATC 146 Cosmetology I Cosmetology I 9622CT 11 App $ 139 Cosmetology II Cosmetology II 9624CT 12 PR App $ 139 Court Systems and Practices Courts and Criminal Procedures 9634CT 11-12 PR ATC 146 CTED Advanced Small Engine Technology (1 hr.)

CTED Small Engine Repair II 5630CT 10-12 App 160, 162

CTED Advanced Small Engine Technology (2 hr.)

CTED Small Engine Repair II 5628CT 10-12 PR App 160, 162

CTED Automotive Technology 5662CT 9-12 App 160, 164 CTED Business Information Management I (BIM I)

CTED BCIS 5638CT 9-12 App $ 120, 164

CTED Culinary Arts I CTED Food Production, Management and Services I

5620CT 9-12 App $ 134, 162

CTED Culinary Arts II CTED Food Production, Management and Services II

5622CT 10-12 App $ 134, 162

CTED Money Matters 5640CT 9-12 App 125, 164 CTED Practicum Horticulture Science I CTED Horticulture I 5632CT 9-12 App 107, 163 CTED Practicum Horticulture Science II CTED Horticulture II 5634CT 9-12 App 107, 163 CTED Principles of Construction CTED Intro to Construction

Careers 5660CT 9-12 App 114, 162

CTED Principles of Human Services 5645CT 9-12 App 136, 163 CTED Small Engine Technology (1 hr.) CTED Small Engine Repair I 5626CT 9-12 App 160, 162 CTED Small Engine Technology (2 hr.) CTED Small Engine Repair I 5624CT 9-12 App 160, 162 CTED Touch System Data Entry CTED Keyboarding 5636CT 9-12 App $ 119, 162

CTED Welding 5664CT 9-12 App $ 149, 164 Culinary Arts Food Production, Management &

Services I 9350CT 10-12 PR App $ ATC 133

Digital and Interactive Media Business Image Management & Multimedia (BIMM)

9146CT 10-12 PR App $ ATC 140

Electronics Direct Current Electronics 9638CT 10-12 156 Energy, Power, and Transportation Systems Intro to Automotive Technology 9610CT 10-12 158 Engineering Design and Presentation Engineering Graphics 9474CT 10-12 PR $ ATC 155 Entrepreneurship Entrepreneurship 9594CT 11-12 153 Equine Science Equine Science 9072CT 10-12 110 Family and Consumer Sciences Career Preparation I

Family and Consumer Sciences Career Prep I

9322CT 9321CT

11-12 PR App 115, 118, 124 135, 138

Family and Consumer Sciences Career Preparation II

Family and Consumer Sciences Career Prep II

9324CT 9323CT

12 PR App

Fashion Design Apparel, Textile & Apparel Design 9357CT 10-12 $ ATC 116 Fashion Marketing Fashion Marketing 9590CT 10-12 153 Financial Analysis 9186CT 11-12 PR Adv 127 Food Technology and Safety Food Technology 9067CT 10-12 $ 109

Forensic Science 9635CT 12 PR App Adv 147 Forestry and Woodland Ecosystems 9058CT 10-12 105 Global Business International Business 9168CT 11-12 121 Health Science Health Science Technology II 9272CT 11-12 PR App Adv $ 129 Horticulture Science Intro to Horticulture, Horticulture

Plant Production 9050CT 10-12 106

Hospitality Services Hospitality I 9354CT 11-12 App $ 135

Hotel Management 9353CT 11-12 App $ 134 Human Resources Management 9181CT 11-12 122

Instructional Practices in Education and Training

Ready, Set, Teach I 9333CT 11-12 PR App $ 123

Insurance Operations 9158CT 10-12 126 Interior Design Interior Design 9360CT 10-12 $ ATC 113 Internetworking Technologies I Internetworking Technologies I 9647CT 11-12 App Adv 141

Other Information Key: PR – Prerequisite required App – Approval Process Required. The approval process will vary by course. The process may be an application or instructor/counselor recommendation. Adv – Advanced Grade points received for the course. Implementation dates for the advanced grade points varies by course. Specific details are available in the course

descriptions. $ - Students will be responsible for purchasing materials or assessed a fee associated with this course. ATC – Advanced Technical Credit or articulated CTE Courses. See CTE Counselor for additional details. Articulation is subject to change based on state guidelines.

Internetworking Technologies I Internetworking Technologies I 9647DC 11-12 App Adv 141 Internetworking Technologies II Internetworking Technologies II 9651CT 11-12 PR App Adv 142 Internetworking Technologies II Internetworking Technologies II 9651DC 11-12 PR App Adv 142 Interpersonal Studies Individual and Family Life 9330CT 10-12 138 Landscape Design and Turfgrass Management Landscape Design, Construction

and Maintenance 9051CT 10-12 106

Law Enforcement I Intro to Criminal Justice 9630CT 10-12 ATC 145 Law Enforcement II Emergency Communications 9631CT 11-12 PR $ ATC 146 Lifetime Nutrition and Wellness Nutrition and Food Science 9348CT 10-12 $ 138 Livestock Production Animal Science 9069CT 10-12 109 Marketing Dynamics Marketing Dynamics Career

Preparation I 9596CT 9597CT

11-12 PR App 97, 154

Medical Terminology Medical Terminology 9278CT 10-12 ATC 131 Money Matters 9183CT 9-11 125 Parenting Education for School Age Parents I Parenting Education for School

Age Parents IA, IB 9340CT 9342CT

9-12 139

Parenting Education for School Age Parents II Parenting Education for School Age Parents IIA, IIB

9344CT 9346CT

10-12 139

Practicum for Veterinary Medical Assistant Veterinary Medical Assistant II 9076CT 12 PR App Adv $ 110

Practicum in Agricultural Mechanics Agriculture Mechanics II 9086CT 12 PR App $ 108 Practicum in Culinary Arts Food Production, Management &

Services II 9352CT 11-12 PR App $ 133

Practicum in Education and Training Ready, Set, Teach II 9334CT 12 PR App $ 124 Practicum in Health Science - EMT Health Science Tech IIIB EMT 9276CT 12 PR App Adv $ 130 Practicum in Horticulture Science I Horticulture I 9055CT 11-12 PR App $ 107 Practicum in Horticulture Science II Horticulture II 9056CT 12 PR App $ 107 Practicum in Hospitality Services Hospitality II 9356CT 12 PR App $ 135 Practicum in Human Services Child Care II 9338CT 12 PR App 137 Practicum in Marketing Dynamics Marketing Management Career

Preparation II 9598CT 9599CT

12 PR App 154

Precision Metal Manufacturing Machine Shop I 9662CT 10-12 App 148 Principles and Elements of Floral Design Floral Design & Interior

Landscape, Adv Floral Design 9053CT 10-12 $ 82, 107

Principles of Agriculture Food, and Natural Resources

Intro to World Ag, Applied Ag Science

9040CT 9-10 104

Principles of Business, Marketing and Finance (BMF)

Intro to Business, Bus Mgmt, Bus Ownership, Recordkeeping

9166CT 9-11 ATC 119, 125, 129 152

Principles of Construction Intro to Construction Careers 9616CT 9-12 113 Principles of Health Science Health Science Technology I 9270CT 10-12 ATC 129 Principles of Human Services 9331CT 9 $ 136 Principles of Law, Public Safety, Corrections, and Security

9632CT 9-11 145

Principles of Manufacturing Intro to Precision Metal Manufacturing

9658CT 9-12 148

Problems and Solutions in Agriculture, Food, and Natural Resources

Agriculture Science & Technology Ind. Study

9065CT 11-12 PR App Adv 105

Problems and Solutions in Architecture and Construction

Research, Design & Development 9478CT 11-12 PR App Adv $ 113

Problems and Solutions in Arts, A/V Technology & Communications

Research, Design and Development 9479CT 12 PR App Adv $ 117

Problems and Solutions in Business, Finance and Information Technology

Business Education Independent Study

9180CT 12 PR App Adv 122, 127, 142

Problems and Solutions in Cosmetology 9626CT 12 PR App 139 Problems and Solutions in Health Science - Certified Pharmacy Technician

Health Science Tech IIIC Pharmacy Tech

9277CT 9277YCT

12 PR App Adv $ 131

Other Information Key: PR – Prerequisite required App – Approval Process Required. The approval process will vary by course. The process may be an application or instructor/counselor recommendation. Adv – Advanced Grade points received for the course. Implementation dates for the advanced grade points varies by course. Specific details are available in the course

descriptions. $ - Students will be responsible for purchasing materials or assessed a fee associated with this course. ATC – Advanced Technical Credit or articulated CTE Courses. See CTE Counselor for additional details. Articulation is subject to change based on state guidelines.

Problems and Solutions in Health Science – Certified Nursing Assitant

Health Science Tech IIIA CNA 9274CT 12 PR App Adv $ 130

Problems and Solutions in STEM Research, Design and Development 9480CT 11-12 PR App Adv $ 156

Problems and Solutions in Trade and Industrial Education

Trade and Industrial Education Independent Study

9680CT 12 PR App 143, 150

Professional Communications 9700CT 9-10 11, 117 Professional Standards in Agribusiness Agribusiness Management &

Marketing 9044CT 10-12 105

Range Ecology and Management Range Management & Ecology 9047CT 10-12 106 Research in Information Technology Solutions 9149CT 12 PR App Adv 142 Retailing and E-Tailing Retailing 9592CT 9-12 153 Robotics and Automation 9641CT 11-12 PR App $ 157 Securities and Investments 9184CT 10-12 126 Small Animal Management 9077CT 10-12 109 Small Engine Technology Small Engine Repair I 9672CT 10-12 159 Sports and Entertainment Marketing Sports and Entertainment

Marketing 9588CT 10-12 152

Touch System Data Entry Keyboarding 9140CT 9-10 $ 119 Veterinary Medical Applications Intro to Vet Med Assistant, Vet

Med I 9074CT 11-12 PR App Adv 110

Virtual Business 9182CT 10-12 PR $ 121 Web Technologies 9147CT 11-12 PR App $ 140 Welding Welding I 9668CT 10-12 App $ ATC 149 Wildlife, Fisheries, and Ecology Management Wildlife & Recreation Management 9046CT 10-12 106

CTE (IBA)Course

Old Course (IBA) (2009-2010)

KISD Course

Number Grade Other Information Page

Accounting I -IBA Accounting I 9162CTA 10-12 App $ ATC 95 Accounting II -IBA Accounting II 9164CTA 11-12 PR Adv App $ 96 Advertising and Sales Promotion -IBA 9595CTA 11-12 App 95 Banking and Financial Services Banking and Finance 9132CTA 11-12 App 96 Entrepreneurship Entrepreneurship 9594CTA 11-12 App ATC 95 Global Business (YR) -IBA 9169CTA 10 App 94 Global Business -IBA International Business 9168CTA 11-12 App 94 Human Resources Management - IBA 9181CTA 11-12 App 94 Principles of Business, Marketing and Finance (BMF) - IBA

9166CTA 9-10 App ATC 93

Virtual Business – IBA 9182CTA 10-12 App $ 96

International Business Academy at Klein Forest High School Course Index 2010-2011

CTE Courses for Fine Arts Credit

9053CT Formerly Floral Design and Advanced Floral Design Principles and Elements of Floral Design

Grade Placement . . . . . 10-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . None This course will satisfy the F ine Arts graduation requirement

A course designed to develop and examine f loral design in relation to arrangement of f lowers, foliage, a nd r elated pl ant m aterials f or i nterior l ocations. A lso i ncorporates bus iness pr actices and careers i n t he f loral i ndustry. S tudents w ill be r esponsible f or pu rchasing m aterials or assessed a f ee as sociated with this cour se. Advanced T echnical C redit is a vailable t hrough community colleges in Texas.

CTE Courses for Speech Credit 9700CT *New Course * Professional Communications

Grade Placement . . . . . 9-10 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . None This course will satisfy the speech graduation requirement

This i s an activity based career de velopment course i n which s tudents w ill de velop a n understanding of pr ofessional c ommunications through e xploration of t he c areer c lusters. Students w ill e xplore a va riety o f c areer opt ions a nd a ctivities i ncluding f ormal a nd i nformal presentations, resume writing, and job interviewing. Students will exhibit public relations skills, leadership c haracteristics, know ledge of t he global e conomy, a nd i nformation t echnology applications.

CTE Courses for Science Credit 9071CT * New Course* Advanced Plant and Soil Science

Grade Placement . . . . . 12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . One Credit of AFNR Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . This course will meet the requirements for the 4thScience Credit on the Distinguished and Recommended graduation plans

A c ourse de signed t o s tudy t he e xploration of pr inciples r elated t o pl ant pr oduction a nd t he management of soils as related to agriculture. Included in the course are experiments, laboratory explorations, and the study of soil and plant relationships that affect the production of food and fiber. 9070CT Advanced Animal Science

Grade Placement . . . . . 12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Livestock Production and Small Animal Management Past Prereq . . . . . . . . . Animal Science Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . This course will meet the requirements for the 4th Science credit on the Distinguished and Recommended graduation plans.

This technical course provides an academically stimulating environment for students wishing to advance their understanding of animal science. This will be a lab oriented course with emphasis on r eproduction, breeding, genetics, a natomy, ph ysiology, nut rition, he alth, a nd t he m arketing and ha rvesting of dom estic l ivestock. Students will receive advanced grade points for this course.

9635CT *New Course* Forensic Science Grade Placement . . . . . 12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Biology and Chemistry and Law Enforcement I Approval Process

and

Past Prereq . . . . . . . . . Biology and Chemistry and

Introduction to Criminal Justice and

Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . This course will meet the requirements for the 4thScience Approval Process

credit on the Distinguished and Recommended graduation plans This course uses a s tructured and scientific app roach to the i nvestigation of cr imes o f as sault, abuse and neglect, domestic violence, accidental death, homicide, and the psychology of criminal behavior. Students w ill le arn terminology and investigative p rocedures r elated to crime s cene, questioning, i nterviewing, criminal be havior characteristics, t ruth d etection, a nd s cientific procedures us ed t o s olve c rimes. U sing s cientific m ethods, s tudents w ill collect and analyze evidence through case studies and simulated crime scenes such as fingerprint analysis, ballistics, and blood spatter analysis. Students will learn the history, legal aspects, and career options for forensic s cience. Incoming 9th gr aders of 2011 -12 will r eceive a dvanced gr ade p oints for this course. 0493CT Formerly Anatomy and Physiology of Human Systems Anatomy and Physiology

Grade Placement . . . . . 11-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Biology I and Past Prereq . . . . . . . . . Biology I

Chemistry I and

In this course students conduct laboratory investigations/fieldwork, use scientific methods during investigations, and make informed decisions using critical thinking and problem solving. Topics will be presented through an integration of biology, chemistry, and physics. Students will study the structures and functions of the human body and body systems and will investigate the body’s responses to forces, maintenance of homeostasis, e lectrical interactions, t ransport s ystems, and energy systems. Students will also analyze the relationship between anatomical s tructures and physiological f unctions of the hum an systems. T his s ame course is a lso listed in the S cience Section of the Guidance Handbook. This course receives advanced grade points.

Chemistry I

177

SPECIAL EDUCATION (non state-approved courses may be counted as state-approved only upon ARD committee decision.)

SPECIAL EDUCATION CLASSES DEVELOPMENTAL

* Communication Developmental * Daily Living Developmental * Marketing Developmental * Personal Health Developmental * Adapted Physical Education * Language Arts Functional 1, 2, 3, 4

* Mathematics Functional 1, 2, 3, 4 * Job Skills Training Developmental * Reading Functional 1, 2, 3, 4 * Social Skills

RESOURCE * English 1, 2, 3, 4 * English 1R+, 2R, 3R, 4R Double-blocked with Read 180 in Grades 6 & 9 * Reading 1, 2, 3, 4 * Study Skills * Mathematics 1, 2, 3, 4 * Guided Studies, Math * Guided Studies, ELA * PASS Social Skills * Science

* Social Skills - Connections * Occupational Preparation

CO-TEACHING/SUPPORT ASSISTANCE PROGRAM AVAILABLE * English 1, 2, 3, 4, Co-Teaching or Support Assistance

* United States History, Co-Teaching or Support Assistance * World Geography Studies, Co-Teaching or Support Assistance * World History Studies, Co-Teaching or Support Assistance * United States Government, Co-Teaching or Support Assistance * Economics, Co-Teaching or Support Assistance * Algebra 1, Co-Teaching or Support Assistance * Mathematical Models with Applications, Co-Teaching or Support Assistance * Geometry, Co-Teaching or Support Assistance * Integrated Physics and Chemistry, Co-Teaching or Support Assistance * Biology 1, Co-Teaching or Support Assistance, Modified * Algebra 1 – Double-blocked with Guided Studies

INDIVIDUAL VOCATIONAL EDUCATION * CB VAC - Development

178

* VAC Vocational Experience * Job Skills Training Additional state-approved courses available only to special education students are listed below. 5654, 5656 CTED Automotive Technician, Careers and Technology Education for Students with Disabilities Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit per Year Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Recommendation of ARD Committee

This course provides students with employable skills, which are immediately useful or transferable. Instructional areas include safety, tool/equipment usage, proper mechanical procedures and practice, electrical repair procedures and evaluation of the overall condition of various automotive systems. Areas evaluated will be cooling systems, fuel systems, brakes, shocks, steering/suspension parts, belts, hoses, batteries, charging and starter systems. Some actual repairs to these areas will be demonstrated to the students. 5638, 5639 CTED Business Computer Information Systems 1, Career and Technology Education for Students with Disabilities Grade Placement . . . . . 10-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Keyboarding or CTED Keyboarding or Pass Proficiency Test;

Recommendation of ARD Committee This course provides computer skills for the developmentally handicapped and other special needs students. In this course students will apply technology skills to personal or business situations focusing on word processing, spreadsheets, databases, desktop publishing, presentation management, operating systems and emerging technologies. The course provides students with an overview of the various uses of information processing tools and skill development needed for academic, employment and personal use. Students are responsible for the cost of materials used in products they take home. This course satisfies the technology applications graduation requirement. 5658 CTED Career Connections, Career and Technology Education For Students with Disabilities Grade Placement . . . . . 9-10 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Recommendation of ARD Committee

This course provides career information for the special needs students. This is an activity-based career orientation course which will link classroom activities, community experiences, and academic education to career choices and real world outcomes. Students will explore a variety of career options and develop an understanding of the relationship between academic skills and potential career goals.

5660 CTED Introduction to Construction Careers, Career and Technology Education for Students with Disabilities Grade Placement . . . . . 10-12

179

Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2-1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . None

This course provides construction career information for the special needs students. A semester course designed to familiarize students with introductory skills and a basic understanding of career opportunities and training requirements in four fundamental career clusters related to construction: carpentry, residential electrical, painting and decorating, and plumbing/pipefitting. Entrepreneurship, safety and leadership training are included. This course is offered at Klein Forest High School. 5620, 5621, 5622 CTED Food Production Management and Services, Career and Technology Education for Students with Disabilities Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2 Units per year Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . ARD Committee Placement

This course prepares developmentally handicapped and other special needs students for gainful employment. Areas covered include safety, sanitation, quantity food preparation, housekeeping skills, and preparation for job placement. Classes can meet for one to two periods each school day and may be taken for more than one year – up to four years. 5632, 5634 CTED Horticulture, Career and Technology Education for Students with Disabilities Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credits . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit per year Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Recommendation of ARD Committee

A laboratory course designed to develop entry-level employment skills in horticultural related careers. Instruction includes opportunities in horticultural occupations; plan classification and identification; structures and equipment used in producing greenhouses; ornamental and nursery plants; greenhouse environment; soils and plant growth; development and propagation of plants; floral arrangements; landscaping; turf management; horticultural equipment, maintenance, repair and safety; and leadership. This course is offered at Klein and Klein Forest High Schools. This course may be taken for more than one year – up to four years.

180

5636 CTED Keyboarding, Career and Technology Education for Students with Disabilities Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Recommendation of ARD Committee

This course provides keyboarding skills for students with special needs. The purpose of the keyboarding class is to teach the “touch” keyboarding skill and to teach proper formatting of documents for personal and business use, to provide opportunities for students to apply their keyboarding skills in practice situations, and to help students achieve their potential in keyboarding speed and accuracy. Students are responsible for the cost of materials used in products they take home. 5644 CTED Personal and Family Development, Career and Technology Education for Students with Disabilities Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Recommendation of ARD Committee

This course provides personal and family development skills for students with special needs. It is a laboratory course that deals with knowledge and skills related to personal development and management, promotion of strong families, and preparation for adult roles. Content includes a focus on interpersonal skills; decision-making; promotion of family strengths and well-being; developing positive relationships with peers; child development and care; and clothing selection and maintenance. Other studies address nutrition and dietary practices, food selection and preparation, budgeting and consumer-buying practices, and management of family housing needs. Influences of societal and technological changes, career options, and the management of multiple family, community, and wage-earner roles are included. Students are responsible for the cost of materials used in products they take home. 5637 CTED Recordkeeping Grade Placement . . . . . 10-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . None

The course provides recordkeeping skills for the special needs students. This course is designed to develop skills used in everyday business activities at home and at work. Included in this course are budgets and financial planning, cashiering records, handling of money, and tasks common to simple office procedures. Activities also include keeping records involving employees, receipts and payments, and financial papers for a small retail business such as sales slips, purchase invoices, statements of account, tax computations, and payroll deduction. Students will apply bookkeeping principles and procedures through the use of projects and/or practice sets that simulate job conditions. Students will be responsible for purchasing materials or assessed a fee associated with this course. This course is not open to students who have credit in accounting. 5624, 5626, 5628, 5630 CTED Small Engine Repair, Career and Technology Education for Students with Disabilities Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12

181

Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2 Units per year Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . Recommendation of ARD Committee

This program provides students with employment skills which are transferable and immediately useful. Instructional areas include small engine repair, engine tune-up, minor automotive maintenance and welding. Classes can meet for one or two periods each school day and may be taken for more than one year - up to four years.

*SPECIAL EDUCATION - LOCAL CREDIT

The following represent the local credit (non state-approved) courses available to students requiring special education. Communication Developmental Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2 - 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . ARD Committee Placement

This course is designed to focus on assisting students to use communication skills at their identified functional level. Emphasis is on acquisition of daily living competencies, needed to achieve personal independence is stressed. Augmentative communication devices are available. Language Arts Functional 1-8 Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2 - 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . ARD Committee Placement

The purpose of these language courses is to increase basic writing, reading, listening, and speaking skills. Emphasis is placed on the functional application and usage of each identified skill and the linkage to both present and future lifetime needs. Employability and personal skills are the focus of this course. Reading Functional 1-8 Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2 - 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . ARD Committee Placement

The purposes of these courses are to increase survival, functional, leisure, work related reading skills for students with developmental disabilities.

182

Mathematics 1, 2, 3, 4 Resource, AB Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2 - 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . ARD Committee Placement

The purpose of these courses is to develop and/or increase basic competence with mathematical operations, numbers, their properties and their uses. Emphasis will also be placed on measurement concepts and skills using metric and customary units as well as developing problem solving skills. Employability mathematics is stressed in each course.

Math Functional 1-8 Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2 - 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . ARD Committee Placement

These courses are designed to develop and/or increase everyday math skills for students with developmental disabilities. Emphasis will be placed on life skill learning in the areas of basic operations, time management, measurement and money skills.

Job Skills Training Functional 1-8 Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2 - 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . ARD Committee Placement

This course provides students with developmental delays the opportunity to acquire entry-level vocational skills: task completion, following directions, following sequence of required tasks, etc. Practice work experience is provided with the school setting in the area of: housekeeping, maintenance, simple business tasks, entry food service and maintenance of food preparation and serving facilities, and other skill areas. Student is supervised throughout these entry-level vocational tasks. Classes meet for one or two periods per day. This course may be taken for more than one year – up to four years.

Daily Living Developmental 1-8 Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2 - 6 Units (Local Credit) Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . ARD Committee Placement

The Daily Living Skills Laboratory provides students with instruction in manners, appearance, household activities, gardening, cooking and sewing. This activity-oriented class places importance on obtaining basic competencies needed to achieve independence in educational outcomes. Emphasis is placed on daily living skills, personal/social skills, occupational competencies, child development, home management, self-care, health, hygiene and safety, as well as independent mobility. Occupational Preparation – Resource, AB Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Unit per Course (Local Credit) Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . ARD Committee Placement

This course emphasizes job-related information relevant to students interested in entering the world of work. Time is spent on investigating and choosing the right career to fit each individual's needs and

183

strengths. Practice time is given to job interviewing techniques and situations that may occur on the job. Oral and written communication are emphasized Marketing Developmental Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 2 Units (Local Credit) Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . ARD Committee Placement

This course provides work-simulation centers at which functional skills are learned and practiced in a business-like atmosphere. Students develop work-related skills to include: counting, identification of numbers and symbols, measurement, processing work orders, and mobility training. VAC Vocational Experience Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2 - 4 Units; (Local Credit) Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . 16 years of age; ARD Committee Placement

Students are eligible for job placement under the supervision of a Vocational Adjustment Coordinator (VAC). The student may spend part or all of a day in a supervised training situation in construction, industry, retail, trades, automobile work, service occupations, maintenance, office positions, or any other community opportunity related to personal interests and skills. Adapted Physical Education 1-8 Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2 - 1 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . ARD Committee Placement

These courses are designed to provide students with disabilities with opportunity to participate in physical activities and competitive games. Emphasis is given to the development of skills and hobbies in endeavors which may be pursued throughout a lifetime.

Personal Health and Hygiene Developmental 1-8 Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2 Unit Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . ARD Committee Placement

Emphasis is placed on development of safe and healthy living practices with increased independence.

Community Based Vocational Instruction (CB6 1-8) Grade Placement . . . . . 9-12 Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2 - 1 Units Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . ARD Committee Placement

This course provides on the job exploration, evaluation, and training for students with developmental disabilities. Students learn to generalize functional skills from campus to various community job sites. A Job Technician Coach is available to provide assistance and supervision at community job sites.